1M23N29204

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

10-Channel Digital Proportional R/C System

TM

TM
Technical updates and additional programming examples available at: http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq

Entire Contents © 2014
3

Introduction ............................................6

Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ..................................6

Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ ....7

Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV ...............................8

Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQVGRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW

UHDGLQJ .......................................................9

%HIRUHXVH ..............................................12

Ɣ)HDWXUHVRI- ........................................12

Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ....13

Ɣ6\VWHPFRPSDWLELOW\ ................................13

Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV ................................................14

Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV ................................15

%DWWHU\ ............................................................. 17

6ZLWFK ............................................................. 18

7RWXUQRQWKH- ......................................... 18

5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRFRQQHFWLRQV .................... 19

&KDUJLQJWKHEDWWHULHV ................................... 22

6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ............................................. 23

$GMXVWLQJGLVSOD\FRQWUDVW ............................. 24

&RQQHFWRU3OXJ ............................................... 24

7UDQVPLWWHUGLVSOD\V	EXWWRQV .................... 25

:DUQLQJ	HUURUGLVSOD\V.............................. 26

/LQNSURFHGXUH ............................................... 27

Ɣ5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH ............................28

Ɣ56%&+PRGH ..................................29

Ɣ5HFHLYHU
VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ ...............

Ɣ0RXQWLQJWKHVHUYR ..................................31

Ɣ5DQJHFKHFNWKHUDGLR .............................32

Ɣ6%866%86,QVWDOODWLRQ .....................33

Ɣ6%86:LULQJH[DPSOH ............................34

Ɣ6%866\VWHP .........................................35

Ɣ6%866%86'HYLFHVHWWLQJ .................36

Ɣ7HOHPHWU\6\VWHP .....................................37

7$%/(2)&217(176

INTRODUCTION

AIRPLANE

HELICOPTER

GLIDER

MULTICOPTER

BEFORE USE

COMMON

TX SETTING
4

6WLFNSRVLWLRQDODUP ....................................... 65

Ɣ7HOHPHWU\ ..................................................66

7HOHPHWU\5[EDWW .......................................... 66

7HOHPHWU\([WYROW ......................................... 

7HOHPHWU\WHPS............................................... 75

7HOHPHWU\USP ................................................ 76

7HOHPHWU\DOWLWXGH .......................................... 77

7HOHPHWU\YDULR .............................................. 78

7HOHPHWU\GLVWDQFH ......................................... 79

7HOHPHWU\VSHHG .............................................. 81

7HOHPHWU\EDWWHU\ ........................................... 82

Ɣ6HQVRUVORW .................................................83

6HQVRUUHJLVWHU ................................................ 84

6HQVRUVHQVVORW ............................................... 85

6HQVRULQLWLDOL]H .............................................. 86

6HQVRUDOOFOHDU ............................................... 87

6HQVRUPDQXDOO\DVVLJQLQJDVHQVRU ............. 88

Ɣ6%86VHUYROLQN ......................................89

Ɣ0RGHOWUDQVIHU..........................................92

Ɣ7UDLQHU ......................................................93

$LUSODQHIXQFWLRQ .................................95

Ɣ$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO ..................................97

Ɣ$LOHURQĺ5XGGHU .....................................98

Ɣ97DLO .........................................................99

Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................

Ɣ(OHYRQ .....................................................

Ɣ$LOYDWRU ...................................................

Ɣ7KURWWOHĺ1HHGOH0L[LQJ ......................

Ɣ'XDOUDWH / (;32 ................................

Ɣ)ODSHURQ ..................................................

Ɣ$LUEUDNH ................................................

Ɣ)ODSĺ(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ ..........................

Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ)ODSPL[LQJ .......................... 111

Ɣ)ODSWULP .................................................112

Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW .............................................113

Ɣ,GOHGRZQ ................................................115

Ɣ6QDSUROO..................................................116

&RPPRQIXQFWLRQ.................................38

Ɣ0RGHOVHOHFW ..............................................

0RGHOVHOHFW .................................................... 41

0RGHOFRS\ ...................................................... 41

'DWHUHVHW ......................................................... 41

5;W\SH ............................................................ 42

/LQN ................................................................. 42

Ɣ0RGHOQDPH ..............................................43

0RGHOQDPH .................................................... 43

8VHUQDPH ....................................................... 44

Ɣ)DLOVDIH .....................................................45

Ɣ6HUYRUHYHUVH ............................................47

Ɣ7LPHU .........................................................48

Ɣ6HUYRPRQLWRU ...........................................49

Ɣ(QGSRLQW ..................................................

Ɣ7ULP...........................................................51

Ɣ6XEWULP ....................................................52

Ɣ3URJUDPPL[LQJ .......................................53

Ɣ$8;FKDQQHO ............................................56

Ɣ3DUDPHWHU .................................................58

'DWHUHVHW ......................................................... 

0RGHOW\SH ...................................................... 61

6ZDVKW\SHIRUKHOL ....................................... 61

:LQJW\SHIRUJOLGHU .................................... 61

$7/7ULP ........................................................ 61

/&'FRQWUDVW .................................................. 62

%DFNOLJKW ........................................................ 62

/LJKWWLPH ........................................................ 62

/LJKWDGMXVWPHQW ............................................ 62

+RPHGLVSOD\ .................................................. 62

%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJH ................................... 62

%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHYLEUDWLRQ ................... 63

%X]]HUWRQH ..................................................... 63

-RJNH\QDYLJDWLRQ .......................................... 63

-RJOLJKW ........................................................... 63

-RJOLJKWWLPH .................................................. 64

7HOHPHWU\PRGH .............................................. 64

7HOHPHWU\XQLW ................................................. 64

6SHHFKODQJXDJH ............................................. 64

6SHHFKYROXPH ................................................ 64
5

Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................117

Ɣ3,7FXUYH ................................................118

Ɣ7KURWWOHGHOD\ .........................................119

+HOLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ............................

Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................122

Ɣ6ZDVK$)5 .............................................123

Ɣ6ZDVKPL[LQJ .........................................124

Ɣ6ZDVKULQJ ..............................................126

Ɣ7ULPRIIVHW ..............................................127

Ɣ'HOD\ .......................................................128

Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW .............................................129

Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................131

Ɣ'XDOUDWH/ (;32 ................................132

Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................134

Ɣ3LWFKFXUYH ..............................................136

Ɣ5HYROXWLRQPL[LQJ3,7WR58' .........138

Ɣ7KURWWOHKROG ..........................................

Ɣ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ ....................................141

Ɣ+RYHULQJWKURWWOH ...................................143

Ɣ+RYHULQJSLWFK .......................................144

Ɣ+,/2SLWFKWULP ...................................145

Ɣ6ZDVKĺ7KURWWOHPL[LQJ .......................146

Ɣ7KURWWOHĺ1HHGOHPL[LQJ .......................147

*OLGHUIXQFWLRQ ...................................148

Ɣ$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO ................................

Ɣ$LOHURQĺ5XGGHU ...................................151

Ɣ9WDLO ........................................................152

Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................153

Ɣ'XDOUDWH/ (;32 ................................154

Ɣ0RWRUVZLWFK ..........................................156

Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................157

Ɣ5XGGHUĺ$LOHURQPL[LQJ ......................158

Ɣ&DPEHUÀDSPL[LQJ ...............................159

Ɣ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ......................................

Ɣ%XWWHUÀ\PL[LQJ .....................................161

Ɣ&DPEHUĺ(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ ....................162

Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ....................163

Ɣ$LOHURQĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ......................165

Ɣ$LOHURQĺ%UDNHÀDS ..............................166

Ɣ7ULPPL[ .................................................167

0XOWLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ..........................168

Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................

Ɣ'XDOUDWH / (;32 ................................171

Ɣ&HQWHUDODUP ..........................................173

7;VHWWLQJ ............................................174

Ɣ6WLFNPRGH ..............................................174

Ɣ6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ....................................174

Ɣ7KURWWOHVWLFNUHYHUVH .............................175

Ɣ/DQJXDJH ................................................175
Introduction

6

INTRODUCTION

Thank you for purchasing a Futaba®

 T-FHSS Air-2.4GHz 10J series digital proportional R/C 

system. This system is extremely versatile and may be used by beginners and pros alike. In order 

IRU\RXWRPDNHWKHEHVWXVHRI\RXUV\VWHPDQGWRÀ\VDIHO\SOHDVHUHDGWKLVPDQXDOFDUHIXOO\

,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLIILFXOWLHV ZKLOH XVLQJ \RXU V\VWHP SOHDVH FRQVXOWWKHPDQXDO RXU RQOLQH

)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV RQWKH ZHE SDJHV UHIHUHQFHG EHORZ \RXU KREE\ GHDOHU RUWKH

Futaba Service Center. 

'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLV

subject to change without notice.

Support and Service: It is recommended to have your Futaba equipment serviced annually during 

your hobby’s “off season” to ensure safe operation.

IN NORTH AMERICA 

3OHDVH IHHO IUHHWR FRQWDFWWKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH&HQWHU IRU DVVLVWDQFHLQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQG

programming. Please be sure to regularly visit the 10J Frequently Asked Questions web site 

DW ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT7KLV SDJHLQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDPPLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\

information on the 10J radio system and is updated regularly. Any technical updates and US 

PDQXDO FRUUHFWLRQV ZLOO EH DYDLODEOH RQWKLV ZHE SDJH ,I \RX GR QRW ¿QGWKH DQVZHUVWR \RXU

TXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRULQIRUPDWLRQRQFRQWDFWLQJXVYLDHPDLO

for the most rapid and convenient response. 

'RQ¶W KDYH ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV" ,QWHUQHW DFFHVVLV DYDLODEOH DW QR FKDUJH DWPRVW SXEOLFOLEUDULHV

VFKRROVDQGRWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:H¿QGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWREHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\

PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQEHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFHDQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXU

RIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRUKROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDFFHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQ

KRZHYHUGRQ¶WZRUU\2XUVXSSRUWWHDPVDUHDYDLODEOH0RQGD\WKURXJK)ULGD\&HQWUDOWLPH

to assist you. 

FOR SERVICE ONLY: 

Futaba Service Center 

1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH

&KDPSDLJQ,/

3KRQH

www.futaba-rc.com/service.html

Email: futabaservice@hobbico.com

FOR SUPPORT : 

(PROGRAMMING AND USER 

QUESTIONS) 

Please start here for answers to most questions: 

www.futaba-rc.com/faq/ 

)D[

3KRQHRSWLRQ

OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA 

3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXU)XWDEDLPSRUWHULQ\RXUUHJLRQRIWKHZRUOGWRDVVLVW\RXZLWKDQ\TXHVWLRQV

problems or service needs. 

3OHDVH UHFRJQL]HWKDWDOOLQIRUPDWLRQLQWKLVPDQXDODQGDOO VXSSRUWDYDLODELOLW\LV EDVHG XSRQ

the systems sold in North America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact 

your region’s support center for assistance. 
Introduction

7

$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ

7KLVSURGXFWPD\EHXVHGIRUPRGHODLUSODQHRUVXUIDFHERDWFDUURERWXVH,WLVQRWLQWHQGHG

for use in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes. 

7KH SURGXFWLV VXEMHFWWR UHJXODWLRQV RIWKH0LQLVWU\ RI5DGLR7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV DQGLV

restricted under Japanese law to such purposes. 

2. Exportation precautions: 

D:KHQWKLVSURGXFWLVH[SRUWHGIURPWKHFRXQWU\RIPDQXIDFWXUHLWVXVHLVWREHDSSURYHGE\

the laws governing the country of destination which govern devices that emit radio frequencies. If 

WKLVSURGXFWLVWKHQUHH[SRUWHGWRRWKHUFRXQWULHVLWPD\EHVXEMHFWWRUHVWULFWLRQVRQVXFKH[SRUW

Prior approval of the appropriate government authorities may be required. If you have purchased 

WKLVSURGXFWIURPDQH[SRUWHURXWVLGH\RXUFRXQWU\DQGQRWWKHDXWKRUL]HG)XWDEDGLVWULEXWRULQ

\RXUFRXQWU\SOHDVHFRQWDFWWKHVHOOHULPPHGLDWHO\WRGHWHUPLQHLIVXFKH[SRUWUHJXODWLRQVKDYH

been met. 

(b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control 

5HJXODWLRQVDQGDQDSSOLFDWLRQIRUH[SRUWDSSURYDOPXVWEHVXEPLWWHG7KLVHTXLSPHQWPXVWQRW

be utilized to operate equipment other than radio controlled models. 

0RGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWV)XWDEDLVQRWUHVSRQVLEOHIRUXQDXWKRUL]HG

PRGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWVRQWKLVSURGXFW$Q\VXFKFKDQJHVPD\YRLG

the warranty. 

Compliance Information Statement (for U.S.A.)

7KLVGHYLFHWUDGHQDPH)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQPRGHOQXPEHU56%FRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRI

WKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZRFRQGLWLRQV

7KLVGHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG

7KLV GHYLFHPXVW DFFHSW DQ\LQWHUIHUHQFH UHFHLYHGLQFOXGLQJLQWHUIHUHQFHWKDWPD\ FDXVH

undesired operation.

(3) This module meets the requirements for a mobile device that may be used at separation 

distances of more than 20cm from human body.

To meet the RF exposure requirements of the FCC this device shall not be co-located with another 

transmitting device.

The responsible party of this device compliance is:

Futaba Service Center

1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH&KDPSDLJQ,/86$

7(/RU(PDLOVXSSRUW#KREELFRFRP6XSSRUW

7(/RU(PDLOIXWDEDVHUYLFH#KREELFRFRP6HUYLFH

7KH5%5&6($/ RQWKH QLFNHOFDGPLXP EDWWHU\FRQWDLQHGLQ)XWDED SURGXFWV

indicates that Futaba Corporation is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide 

SURJUDPWRFROOHFWDQG UHF\FOHWKHVH EDWWHULHVDWWKHHQG RIWKHLU XVHIXOOLYHVZKHQ

WDNHQ RXW RI VHUYLFHZLWKLQWKH8QLWHG6WDWHV7KH5%5& SURJUDP SURYLGHVD

convenient alternative to placing used nickel-cadmium batteries into the trash or 

PXQLFLSDOZDVWHV\VWHPZKLFKLVLOOHJDOLQVRPHDUHDV. 

 (for USA) 

You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery. Please 

FDOO %$77(5< IRULQIRUPDWLRQRQ1L&GEDWWHU\ UHF\FOLQJLQ\RXUDUHD)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQ

involvement in this program is part of its commitment to protecting our environment and conserving 

natural resources. 


5%5&LVDWUDGHPDUNRIWKH5HFKDUJHDEOH%DWWHU\5HF\FOLQJ&RUSRUDWLRQ
Introduction

8

Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement (for U.S.A.)

7KLVHTXLSPHQWKDVEHHQWHVWHGDQGIRXQGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHOLPLWVIRUD&ODVV%GLJLWDOGHYLFH

SXUVXDQWWR3DUWRIWKH)&&5XOHV7KHVHOLPLWVDUHGHVLJQHGWRSURYLGHUHDVRQDEOHSURWHFWLRQ

against harmful interference in a residential installation.

7KLV HTXLSPHQW JHQHUDWHV XVHV DQG FDQ UDGLDWH UDGLR IUHTXHQF\ HQHUJ\ DQGLI QRWLQVWDOOHG

DQG XVHGLQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWKWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVPD\ FDXVH KDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHWR UDGLR

FRPPXQLFDWLRQV+RZHYHUWKHUHLVQRJXDUDQWHHWKDWLQWHUIHUHQFHZLOOQRWRFFXULQDSDUWLFXODU

LQVWDOODWLRQ ,IWKLV HTXLSPHQW GRHV FDXVH KDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHWR UDGLR RUWHOHYLVLRQ UHFHSWLRQ

ZKLFKFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WXUQLQJWKHHTXLSPHQWRIIDQGRQWKHXVHULVHQFRXUDJHGWRWU\WR

correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: 

--Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. 

--Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. 

--Consult the dealer or your Futaba Serivce center for help. 

CAUTION:

To assure continued FCC compliance: 

$Q\FKDQJHVRUPRGL¿FDWLRQVQRWH[SUHVVO\DSSURYHGE\WKHJUDQWHHRIWKLVGHYLFHFRXOGYRLGWKH

user's authority to operate the equipment. 

Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation

7R FRPSO\ ZLWK )&&5) H[SRVXUH FRPSOLDQFH UHTXLUHPHQWV D VHSDUDWLRQ GLVWDQFH RI DWOHDVW

20cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons. 

This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or 

transmitter.

Meaning of Special Markings 

Pay special attention to safety where indicated by the following marks: 

DANGER - Procedures which may lead to dangerous conditions and cause death/serious 

injury if not carried out properly. 

WARNING - Procedures which may lead to a dangerous condition or cause death or 

VHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\RUSURFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSUREDELOLW\RI

VXSHU¿FLDOLQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLVKLJK

CAUTION  3URFHGXUHV ZKHUHWKH SRVVLELOLW\ RI VHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKH XVHULV VPDOO EXW

WKHUHLVDGDQJHURILQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\

 3URKLELWHG 0DQGDWRU\

Warning: Always keep electrical components away from small children. 

FLYING SAFETY 

WARNING

7RHQVXUHWKHVDIHW\RI\RXUVHOIDQGRWKHUVSOHDVHREVHUYHWKHIROORZLQJSUHFDXWLRQV

Have regular maintenance performed. Although your 10J protects the model memories 

ZLWK QRQYRODWLOH ((3520PHPRU\ ZKLFK GRHV QRW UHTXLUH SHULRGLF UHSODFHPHQW DQG

QRW D EDWWHU\WKHWUDQVPLWWHU VWLOO VKRXOG KDYH UHJXODU FKHFNXSV IRU ZHDU DQGWHDU:H

recommend sending your system to the Futaba Service Center annually during your nonÀ\LQJVHDVRQIRUDFRPSOHWHFKHFNXSDQGVHUYLFH
Introduction

9

NiMH/NiCd Battery 

Charge the batteries!6HH&KDUJLQJWKH1L&GEDWWHULHVIRUGHWDLOV$OZD\VUHFKDUJHWKH

WUDQVPLWWHU DQG UHFHLYHU EDWWHULHV EHIRUH HDFK À\LQJ VHVVLRQ$ORZ EDWWHU\ ZLOO VRRQ GLH

SRWHQWLDOO\FDXVLQJORVVRIFRQWURODQGDFUDVK:KHQ\RXEHJLQ\RXUÀ\LQJVHVVLRQUHVHW

\RXU7-¶VEXLOWLQWLPHUDQGGXULQJWKHVHVVLRQSD\DWWHQWLRQWRWKHGXUDWLRQRIXVDJH

Stop flying long before your batteries become low on charge. Do not rely on your 

radio’s low battery warning systems, intended only as a precaution, to tell you when to 

UHFKDUJH$OZD\VFKHFN\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHULHVSULRUWRHDFKÀLJKW

Where to Fly 

:H UHFRPPHQGWKDW \RXÀ\DWD UHFRJQL]HGPRGHODLUSODQHÀ\LQJ¿HOG<RXFDQ¿QGPRGHO

FOXEVDQG¿HOGVE\DVNLQJ\RXUQHDUHVWKREE\GHDOHURULQWKH86E\FRQWDFWLQJWKH$FDGHP\

RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV

<RX FDQ DOVR FRQWDFWWKH QDWLRQDO$FDGHP\ RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV$0$ ZKLFK KDVPRUH

WKDQ  FKDUWHUHG FOXEV DFURVVWKH FRXQWU\7KURXJK DQ\ RQH RIWKHPLQVWUXFWRUWUDLQLQJ

SURJUDPVDQGLQVXUHGQHZFRPHUWUDLQLQJDUHDYDLODEOH&RQWDFWWKH$0$DWWKHDGGUHVVRUWROO

free phone number below. 

Academy of Model Aeronautics 

(DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH

0XQFLH,1

7HOH

)D[

or via the Internet at http:\\www.

modelaircraft.org

$OZD\VSD\SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKHÀ\LQJ¿HOG¶VUXOHV as well as the presence and 

ORFDWLRQ RI VSHFWDWRUVWKHZLQG GLUHFWLRQDQGDQ\ REVWDFOHV RQWKH¿HOG%H YHU\FDUHIXO

À\LQJLQDUHDVQHDUSRZHUOLQHVWDOOEXLOGLQJVRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQIDFLOLWLHVDVWKHUHPD\EH

radio interference in their vicinity. 
Introduction

10

NiMH/NiCd Battery Safety and Handling instructions

IMPORTANT!

Use only the Futaba special charger included with this set or other chargers approved by 

)XWDEDWRFKDUJHWKH1L0+EDWWHULHVLQWKH7-WUDQVPLWWHULQFOXGHGZLWKWKLVVHW

,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRXQGHUVWDQGWKHRSHUDWLQJFKDUDFWHULVWLFVRI1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHV$OZD\V UHDG

WKH VSHFLILFDWLRQV SULQWHG RQWKHODEHO RI \RXU 1L0+1L&G EDWWHU\ DQG FKDUJHU SULRUWR XVH

)DLOXUHWR IROORZWKHSURFHHGLQJSUHFDXWLRQVFDQTXLFNO\ UHVXOWLQVHYHUHSHUPDQHQWGDPDJHWR

the batteries and its surroundings and possibly result in a FIRE!

IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS

'RQRWDWWHPSWWRGLVDVVHPEOH1L0+1L&GSDFNVRUFHOOV

'RQRWDOORZ1L0+1L&GFHOOVWRFRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKPRLVWXUHRUZDWHUDWDQ\WLPH

$OZD\VSURYLGHDGHTXDWHYHQWLODWLRQDURXQG1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVGXULQJFKDUJHGLVFKDUJHZKLOHLQ

XVHDQGGXULQJVWRUDJH

'RQRWOHDYHD1L0+1L&GEDWWHU\XQDWWHQGHGDWDQ\WLPHZKLOHEHLQJFKDUJHGRUGLVFKDUJHG

'RQRWDWWHPSWWRFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVZLWKDFKDUJHUWKDWLV127GHVLJQHGIRU1L0+1L&G

EDWWHULHVDVSHUPDQHQWGDPDJHWRWKHEDWWHU\DQGFKDUJHUFRXOGUHVXOW

$OZD\VFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ'RQRWFKDUJHRUGLVFKDUJH1L0+1L&G

EDWWHULHVRQFDUSHWDFOXWWHUHGZRUNEHQFKQHDUSDSHUSODVWLFYLQ\OOHDWKHURUZRRGRULQVLGHDQ5

&PRGHORUIXOOVL]HGDXWRPRELOH0RQLWRUWKHFKDUJHDUHDZLWKDVPRNHRU¿UHDODUP

'R QRW FKDUJH 1L0+1L&G EDWWHULHV DW FXUUHQWV JUHDWHUWKDQWKH 3& ́ UDWLQJ RIWKH EDWWHU\ 3& ́

equals the rated capacity of the battery).

'RQRWDOORZ1L0+1L&GFHOOVWRRYHUKHDWDWDQ\WLPH&HOOVZKLFKUHDFKJUHDWHUWKDQGHJUHHV

)DKUHQKHLW&VKRXOGEHSODFHGLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ

1L0+1L&GFHOOVZLOOQRWFKDUJHIXOO\ZKHQWRRFROGRUVKRZIXOOFKDUJH

,WLVQRUPDOIRUWKHEDWWHULHVWREHFRPHZDUPGXULQJFKDUJLQJEXWLIWKHFKDUJHURUEDWWHU\EHFRPHV

excessively hot disconnect the battery from the charger immediately!! Always inspect a battery 

ZKLFKKDVSUHYLRXVO\RYHUKHDWHGIRUSRWHQWLDOGDPDJHDQGGRQRWUHXVHLI\RXVXVSHFWLWKDVEHHQ

damaged in any way. 

'RQRWXVHD1L0+1L&GEDWWHU\LI\RXVXVSHFWSK\VLFDOGDPDJHKDVRFFXUUHGWRWKHSDFN&DUHIXOO\

LQVSHFWWKHEDWWHU\ IRUHYHQWKHVPDOOHVWRIGHQWVFUDFNVVSOLWVSXQFWXUHVRUGDPDJHWRWKHZLULQJ

DQGFRQQHFWRUV'2127DOORZWKHEDWWHU\¶VLQWHUQDOHOHFWURO\WHWRJHWLQWRH\HVRURQVNLQ2ZDVK

DIIHFWHGDUHDVLPPHGLDWHO\LIWKH\FRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKWKHHOHFWURO\WH,ILQGRXEWSODFHWKHEDWWHU\

LQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQIRUDWOHDVWPLQXWHV

'RQRWVWRUHEDWWHULHVQHDUDQRSHQÀDPHRUKHDWHU

'RQRWGLVFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVDWFXUUHQWVZKLFKH[FHHGWKHGLVFKDUJHFXUUHQWUDWLQJRIWKH

battery.

$OZD\VVWRUH1L0+1L&GFHOOVSDFNVLQDVHFXUHORFDWLRQDZD\IURPFKLOGUHQ
Introduction

11

$WWKHÀ\LQJ¿HOG

7RSUHYHQWSRVVLEOHGDPDJHWR\RXU UDGLRJHDUWXUQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKHVRQDQGRIILQWKH

proper sequence: 

3XOOWKURWWOHVWLFNWRLGOHSRVLWLRQRURWKHUZLVHGLVDUP\RXUPRWRUHQJLQH

2. Turn on the transmitter power and allow your transmitter to reach its home screen. 

&RQ¿UPWKHSURSHUPRGHOPHPRU\KDVEHHQVHOHFWHG

4. Turn on your receiver power. 

7HVWDOOFRQWUROV,IDVHUYRRSHUDWHVDEQRUPDOO\GRQ¶WDWWHPSWWRÀ\XQWLO\RXGHWHUPLQHWKH

cause of the problem. 

 Test to ensure that the FailSafe settings are correct after adjusting them. Turn the transmitter 

RIIDQGFRQ¿UPWKHSURSHUVXUIDFHWKURWWOHPRYHPHQWV7XUQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUEDFNRQ

6WDUW\RXUHQJLQH

7. Complete a full range check. 

$IWHUÀ\LQJEULQJ\RXUWKURWWOHVWLFNWRLGOHSRVLWLRQHQJDJHDQ\NLOOVZLWFKHVRURWKHUZLVH

disarm your motor/engine. 

9. Turn off receiver power. 

10. Turn off transmitter power. 

,I \RX GR QRWWXUQ RQ \RXU V\VWHPLQWKLV RUGHU \RXPD\ GDPDJH \RXU VHUYRV RU FRQWURO

VXUIDFHVÀRRG\RXUHQJLQHRULQWKHFDVHRIHOHFWULFSRZHUHGRUJDVROLQHSRZHUHGPRGHOVWKH

engine may unexpectedly turn on and cause a severe injury. 

:KLOH\RXDUHJHWWLQJUHDG\WRÀ\LI\RXSODFH\RXUWUDQVPLWWHURQWKHJURXQGEHVXUH

that the wind won't tip it over. If it is knocked over, the throttle stick may be accidentally 

PRYHGFDXVLQJWKHHQJLQHWRVSHHGXS$OVRGDPDJHWR\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\RFFXU

In order to maintain complete control of your aircraft it is important that it remains visible 

at all times)O\LQJEHKLQGODUJHREMHFWVVXFKDVEXLOGLQJVJUDLQELQVHWFLVQRWVXJJHVWHG

Doing so may result in the reduction of the quality of the radio frequency link to the model.

'RQRWJUDVSWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VDQWHQQDGXULQJÀLJKW Doing so may degrade the quality 

of the radio frequency transmission.

$VZLWKDOOUDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQVWKHVWURQJHVWDUHDRIVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQLVIURP

WKHVLGHVRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VDQWHQQD$VVXFKWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGQRWEHSRLQWHGGLUHFWO\DW

WKHPRGHO,I\RXUÀ\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQHDVLO\PRYHWKHDQWHQQDWRFRUUHFWWKLV

situation.

'RQ¶WÀ\LQWKHUDLQ:DWHURUPRLVWXUHPD\HQWHUWKHWUDQVPLWWHUWKURXJKWKHDQWHQQDRU

VWLFNRSHQLQJVDQGFDXVHHUUDWLFRSHUDWLRQRUORVVRIFRQWURO,I\RXPXVWÀ\LQZHWZHDWKHU

GXULQJDFRQWHVWEHVXUHWRFRYHU\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKDSODVWLFEDJRUZDWHUSURRIEDUULHU

1HYHUÀ\LIOLJKWQLQJLVH[SHFWHG
Before use

12

BEFORE USE 

FEATURES 

Ɣ7)+66$LU*PXOWLIXQFWLRQFKDQQHOWUDQVPLWWHU

The Futaba 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system is employed.

Ɣ7HOHPHWU\V\VWHP

A T-FHSS Air bidirectional communication system is used. The voltage of the battery mounted in the 

IXVHODJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUGXULQJÀLJKW$OWLWXGHVSHHGWHPSHUDWXUHDQGRWKHUIXVHODJH

data can be displayed at the transmitter by installing various optional telemetry sensors in the fuselage.

Ɣ6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ

Telemetry data can be listened to by plugging commercial earphones into the transmitter.

Ɣ%XLOWLQGLYHUVLW\DQWHQQD

Diversity antenna built into the transmitter provides a simple appearance and improves handling ease.

Ɣ6%866%86VHUYRVHWWLQJIXQFWLRQ

S.BUS/S.BUS2 servo channel and various functions can be set by connecting the servo to the 

transmitter.

Ɣ3RZHUVDYLQJW\SHWUDQVPLWWHU

)RXU$$
VDONDOLQHEDWWHULHVFDQEHXVHG7KHRSWLRQDO+7)% 1L0+ 9 P$ RU

)7)%OLWKLXPIHUULWH9P$EDWWHU\FDQDOVREHXVHG

Ɣ9LEUDWLRQ

$IXQFWLRQWKDWQRWL¿HVWKHRSHUDWRURIYDULRXVDODUPVE\YLEUDWLQJWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQEHVHOHFWHG

Ɣ8QLTXHPRGHOPHPRU\V\VWHP

The transmitter body contains a 30 model memory. 

Ɣ0L[LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ

)L[HGZLQJKHOLFRSWHUDQGJOLGHUPL[LQJW\SHFDQEHVHOHFWHGWRPDWFKWKH IXVHODJH ,QDGGLWLRQ

swash plate types can also be selected for helicopters. Multi-copter selection is also possible.

Ɣ'LJLWDOWULP

5DSLGWULPPLQJGXULQJÀLJKWLVSRVVLEOH7KHVRXQGFKDQJHVDWWKHFHQWHURIWULP7KHVWHSVL]HFDQEH

arbitrarily changed. The trim position is displayed on the LCD.

Ɣ/HYHUKHDGOHQJWKDGMXVWPHQWDQGQHZOHYHUKHDGVKDSH

The lever head length can be adjusted. A new lever head shape that reduces slip during operation has 

been adopted.

Ɣ6ZLWFK95SRVLWLRQFKDQJHDQG$8;FKDQQHOIXQFWLRQFKDQJH

Mixing and other switches and knobs can be selected. Since the function of the AUX channels (5ch ~

FKFDQDOVREHFKDQJHGRULJLQDOPL[LQJLQDGGLWLRQWRH[LVWLQJPL[LQJFDQEHFUHDWHGE\XVLQJWKH

programmable mixing function.

Ɣ0RGHOGDWDWUDQVIHUIXQFWLRQ

Model data can be wirelessly transferred between 10J or 8J transmitters.

56%UHFHLYHU

Ɣ7)+66$LUV\VWHP6%86FRPSDWLEOH

S.BUS output and conventional channel output are provided. S.BUS and conventional system sharing is 

possible.
Before use

13

CONTENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH

<RXU-LQFOXGHVWKHIROORZLQJFRPSRQHQWV

SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY

• T10J transmitter for airplanes or helicopters

• R3008SB Receiver 

• Switch harness 

• Neck strap

*The set contents depend on the type of set.

7UDQVPLWWHU7-

VWLFNFKDQQHO7)+66$LU*V\VWHP

Transmitting frequency: 2.4GHz band

6\VWHP7)+66$LU6)+66VZLWFKDEOH

Power supply: 6.0V Dry battery

5HFHLYHU56%

7)+66$LU*V\VWHPGXDODQWHQQDGLYHUVLW\6%86V\VWHP

3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW9a9EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP(6&HWF


6L]H[[LQ[[PP

:HLJKWR]J

%DWWHU\)69ROWDJH,WVHWVXSZLWKDWUDQVPLWWHU


:KHQXVLQJ(6&
VPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHJXODWHGRXWSXWFDSDFLW\PHHWV\RXUXVDJHDSSOLFDWLRQ

Ɣ(;7EDWWHU\WHUPLQDO

7KHYROWDJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUE\EUDQFKFRQQHFWLQJWKHGULYHEDWWHU\HWFLQVWDOOHGLQ

WKHIXVHODJHZLWKWKH&$59,1FDEOHVROGVHSDUDWHO\

Ɣ%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ

The 10J is a 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system. The transmitter can also be switched to S-FHSS+RZHYHUWKHWHOHPHWU\

V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWK6)+667KHXVDEOHUHFHLYHUVDUHVKRZQEHORZ

NOTE:

*The Futaba T-FHSS Air system cannot be used with Futaba S-FHSS/FASST/FASSTest systems. Use 

it with a T-FHSS Air system transmitter and receiver. The T10J is a T-FHSS Air systemEXWFDQDOVR

be used with an S-FHSS receiver by switching to S-FHSS+RZHYHULQWKLVFDVHWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHP

cannot be used.

*The T-FHSS Air system and T-FHSS surface system are different. The T10J cannot be used with the 

R304SB, R304SB-E or T-FHSS surface system receivers.

Communications System Usable Receivers 

T-FHSS Air

(Default)

R3008SB

*R304SB, R304SB-E, T-FHSS surface system 

receivers do not operate.

S-FHSS 

(Change is possible)

R2008SB

R2006GS

R2106GF
Before use

14

+7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFN WKH P$KWUDQVPLWWHU1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EHHDVLO\

H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV

)7)%7UDQVPLWWHU/L)HEDWWHU\SDFNFDQDOVREHXVHG+RZHYHUFKDUJHZLWKWKHFKDUJHURQO\IRU

LiFe.

7UDLQHUFRUGWKHRSWLRQDOWUDLQLQJFRUGPD\EHXVHGWRKHOSDEHJLQQLQJSLORWOHDUQWRÀ\HDVLO\E\SODFLQJ

the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T10J transmitter may be connected to another T10J 

V\VWHPDVZHOODVWRDQ\RWKHUPRGHOVRI)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUV7KH7-WUDQVPLWWHUXVHVRQHRIWKHWKUHH

FRUGSOXJW\SHVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFRQQHFWHG5HIHUWRWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKH75$,1(5IXQFWLRQ

LQVWUXFWLRQV7KHSDUWQXPEHURIWKLVFRUGLV)870

• Servos - there are various kinds of servos. Please choose the Futaba servos best suited for the model and 

SXUSRVH\RXDUHXVLQJWKHPIRU,I\RXXWLOL]HD6%86V\VWHP\RXVKRXOGFKRRVHD6%86VHUYR

7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU SOHDVHSXUFKDVHDQRSWLRQDOVHQVRULQRUGHUWRXWLOL]HELGLUHFWLRQDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ

system and to acquire the information from a model high up in the sky. 

 [Temperature sensor : SBS-01T] [Altitude sensor : SBS-01A] [RPM sensor magnet type : SBS-01RM]

[RPM sensor optical type : SBS-01RO] [GPS sensor : SBS-01G] [Voltage sensor : SBS-01V]

• Neckstrap - a neckstrap can be connected to your T10J system to make it easier to handle and improve 

\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW

<KDUQHVVHVVHUYRH[WHQVLRQVKXEHWF*HQXLQH)XWDEDH[WHQVLRQVDQG<KDUQHVVHVLQFOXGLQJDKHDY\

GXW\YHUVLRQZLWKKHDYLHUZLUHDUHDYDLODEOHWRDLGLQ\RXUODUJHUPRGHODQGRWKHULQVWDOODWLRQV

• Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros is available for your aircraft or helicopter needs. 

• Governor - for helicopter use. Automatically adjusts throttle servo position to maintain a constant head 

VSHHGUHJDUGOHVVRIEODGHSLWFKORDGZHDWKHUHWF

• Receivers - various models of Futaba receivers may be purchased for use in other models. (Receivers for 

7)+66$LU6)+66W\SHVDUHDYDLODEOH

7KH IROORZLQJDGGLWLRQDODFFHVVRULHVDUHDYDLODEOH IURP\RXUGHDOHU5HIHU WRD)XWDEDFDWDORJ IRU

PRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
Before use

15

SW(B)

VR

SW(A)

SW(F)

SW(E)

SW(G)

SW(H)

SW(D)

SW(C)

This controls CH6, and if flaperon mixing 

is activated controls the flap.

Flap Trim Control

Rudder Dual Rate Switch 

Elevator Dual Rate

Snap Roll or 

 Trainer Switch

Landing Gear

Switch

/CH5

Rudder

/Throttle

Stick

Power

LED

Throttle

Trim Lever

Rudder

Trim Lever

END Key

- Key

+ Key

Aileron Trim Lever

Elevator Trim Lever

Elevator

/Aileron

Stick

Aileron Dual Rate Switch

Elevator - Flap Mixing or 

Airbrake Mixing Switch

Digital Trim 6

/CH8 Control

Digital Trim 5

/CH7 Control

Carrying Handle

Built-in Antenna

Switch 

Jog Key

LCD Panel Power Switch

(Up position: ON)

Hook

(for optional neckstrap)

7KLV¿JXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-$0RGHIRU86$V\VWHPDV

supplied by the factory.

You can change many of the switch positions or functions by selecting a new position 

within the setting menu for the function you wish to move.

TRANSMITTER CONTROLS - AIRPLANE
Before use

16

VR

CH8 Knob

SW(B)

SW(A)

SW(F)

SW(E)

SW(G)

SW(H)

SW(D)

SW(C)

Rudder Dual Rate Switch 

Elevator Dual Rate

Power

LED

Rudder

Trim Lever

END Key

- Key

+ Key

Aileron Trim Lever

Elevator Trim Lever

Elevator

/Aileron

Stick

Aileron Dual Rate Switch

Digital Trim 6

Digital Trim 5

Carrying Handle

Built-in Antenna

Switch 

Jog Key

 Idle-up 3 Switch

/Gyro/CH5

 Idle-up 1&2

Switch

Throttle/Collective

Pitch & Rudder Stick

Pitch Trim Lever

Throttle/Collective

Governor Switch/CH7

Trainer Switch

Throttle - Hold Switch

LCD Panel Power Switch

(Up position: ON)

Hook

(for optional neckstrap)

7KLV¿JXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-+0RGHV\VWHPDVVXSSOLHG

by the factory.

You can change many of the switch positions or functions by selecting a new position 

within the setting menu for the function you wish to move. 

TRANSMITTER CONTROLS - HELI
Before use

17

NOTE: If you need to remove or replace the 

transmitter battery, do not pull strongly on the 

battery wires to remove it. Insert the connector 

straight as shown.

NOTE: This plug is for charging HT5F1800B. 

The other battery cannot be charged.

FT2F2100B is removed from a transmitter, and 

charges with an exclusive charger(LBC-4E5).

INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF THE TRANSMITTER BATTERY 

The T10J transmitter is designed to work with 

HLWKHU IRXU $$ DONDOLQH GU\ FHOO EDWWHULHV

RU+7)%)7)% EDWWHU\ SDFN ERWK

available separately. The transmitter batteries 

used are a matter of personal preference. AA 

Alkaline batteries are available at any local 

KREE\VKRSJURFHU\VWRUHHWF$EDWWHU\SDFN

will need to be purchased from a hobby shop.

Remove the battery BOX if you choose 

to use the optional HT5F1800B/FT2F2100B 

EDWWHU\SDFNZKLFKFDQEH UHFKDUJHG IURPWKH

transmitter.

And "BATT TYPE" in a PARAMETER is 

changed into "HT5F1800B : 5.0V FT2F2100B : 

5.8V " .

:$51,1*

%HFDUHIXOQRWWRGURSWKHEDWWHU\

1HYHUGLVFRQQHFW WKHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWRU

I U RP  W K H  7   -  W U D Q VPL W W H U D I W H U

WXUQLQJRII WKHSRZHUXQWLO WKHVFUHHQLV

FRPSOHWHO\EODQNDQGWKHWUDQVPLWWHUKDV

VKXWGRZQFRPSOHWHO\


,QWHUQDOGHYLFHVVXFKDVPHPRULHVPD\EHGDPDJHG


,IWKHUHLVDQ\SUREOHPWKHPHVVDJH%DFNXS(UURU

will be shown the next time when you turn on the 

power of the transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as 

it is. Send it to the Futaba Service Center.

'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\RWKHUFKDUJHUVH[FHSW

WKH VSHFLDO FKDUJHU WR WKLV FKDUJLQJ

FRQQHFWRU

7KH YROWDJH GURS FKDUDFWHULVWLFV RI D

UHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\DQGGU\FHOOEDWWHU\

DUHGLIIHUHQW&KDQJH WKHEDWWHU\DODUP

YROWDJH WR9 IRU WKH+7)BDQG

WR9IRUWKH)7)%

Battery cover

push and slide down
Before use

18

SWITCH ASSIGNMENT TABLE 

• The factory default functions activated by the switches and VR for an 10JA Mode 2 for USA 

transmitter are shown below. 

• Most 10J functions may be reassigned to non-default positions quickly and easily. 

• Basic control assignments of channels 5-10 are quickly adjustable in AUX-CH. 

• Note that most functions need to be activated in the programming to operate. 

 -+-$ DQG -$0RGH  IRU 86$WUDQVPLWWHU IXQFWLRQV DUH VLPLODU EXW UHYHUVH FHUWDLQ

switch commands. Always check that you have the desired switch assignment for each function 

during set up. 


2QWKH-$0RGHIRU86$WUDQVPLWWHUVWKH723/()7SWITCHES are spring-loaded and 2-position; on the 10JA 

0RGH  -+WKRVH VZLWFKHV DUH RQWKH ULJKW VLGH )RU FRQVLVWHQF\WKH VZLWFK SRVLWLRQ¶V GHVLJQDWLRQ UHPDLQVWKH

VDPHXSSHUOHIWLV)HWFEXWWKHIXQFWLRQVDUHPRYHGWRPDWFKWKHVZLWFKW\SH

TO TURN ON THE 10J SYSTEM 

First make sure the throttle stick is in the low throttle position. 

Push up to turn on.


,IWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVQRWLQWKHORZSRVLWLRQ

 you'll have an alarm until the stick is in the low position.

Switch / VR ACRO HELI MULTICOPTER Glider A-1 Glider A-2 Glider AF1 Glider AF2 Glider AF4

Switch A Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R

/ CH9

Elevator D/R

/ CH9

Elevator D/R

/ CH9

Elevator D/R

/ CH9

Elevator D/R

Switch B Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R

Switch C (UP) ELE → FLP

(Center/Down) Idle down

(Down) Air brake

Governor / 7CH 6CH

Switch D Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R

Switch E Idle up1,2 5CH

Switch F Idle up3 / Gyro / 5CH

Switch G Gear / 5CH Throttle hold 6CH 6CH 6CH

Switch H Snap roll / Trainer Throttle cut / Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer

VR Flap / 6CH Hovering pitch / CH8 7CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH

DT5 7CH 5CH 5CH Flap(5CH) Flap(5/6CH) Flap(5/6CH)

DT6 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH Flap(8/9CH)

Switch / VR ACRO HELI MULTICOPTER Glider A-1 Glider A-2 Glider AF1 Glider AF2 Glider AF4

Switch A Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R

/ CH9

Elevator D/R

/ CH9

Elevator D/R

/ CH9

Elevator D/R

/ CH9

Elevator D/R

Switch B Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R

Switch C (UP) ELE → FLP

(Center/Down) Idle down

(Down) Air brake

Governor / 7CH 6CH

Switch D Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R

Switch E Gear / 5CH Throttle hold 5CH

Switch F Snap roll / Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer

Switch G Idle up1,2 6CH 6CH 6CH

Switch H Throttle cut / Idle up3

/ Gyro / 5CH 

VR Flap / 6CH Hovering pitch / CH8 7CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH

DT5 7CH 5CH 5CH Flap(5CH) Flap(5/6CH) Flap(5/6CH)

DT6 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH Flap(8/9CH)

ŔœŭŤŃŰƒƇƈŃŕŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕƖŃƉƒƕŃŸŶŤŏŃƗƋƈŃŷŲųŃůŨũŷŃŶźŬŷŦūŨŶŃƄƕƈŃƖƓƕƌƑƊŐƏƒƄƇƈƇŃƄƑƇŃŕŐƓƒƖƌƗƌƒƑ

ŔœŭŤŃŏŃŔœŭūŏŃƗƋƈŃŷŲųŃŵŬŪūŷŃŶźŬŷŦūŨŶŃƄƕƈŃƖƓƕƌƑƊŐƏƒƄƇƈƇŃƄƑƇŃŕŐƓƒƖƌƗƌƒƑ
Before use

19

RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS

5HFHLYHU

2XWSXWDQG

&KDQQHO

$LUFUDIWACRO) 

1 Ailerons/Aileron-11

/combined Flap-2 & Aileron-12/combined Aileron-1 & 

Elevator-25

2 Elevator/combined Aileron-2 & Elevator-15

3 Throttle

4 Rudder

5 Landing gear/Aileron-2/combined Flap-1 and Aileron-2

6 )ODSVFRPELQHG)ODSDQG$LOHURQ2

7 Aileron-21

8 Elevator-24/Mixture control

9 AUX

10 AUX 1 Aileron Differential mode (AILE-DIFF 2 Flaperon mode.

3 8VLQJ6HFRQG$LOHURQRSWLRQVHFRQG$LOHURQVHUYRRXWSXWLVVHQW

to channels 5 and 6. ( AILE-2 4 AILEVATORGXDOHOHYDWRUPRGH 5 ELEVON mode.

5HFHLYHU

2XWSXWDQG

&KDQQHO

0XOWLFRSWHUMULTI COPT) 

1 $LOHURQ0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU

2 (OHYDWRU0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU

3 7KURWWOH0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU

4 5XGGHU0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU

5 0RGH0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU

6 AUX 
:KHQ XVLQJ D *<52 6(16 IXQFWLRQ &+LV XVHG IRU0RGH

0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU

7 AUX

8 AUX

9 AUX

10 AUX

*Use the controller of multicopter corresponding to Futaba.

:LQJ7\SH

7DLO7\SH

AIL2

(CH7) FLP

(CH6)

)/$3

AIL1

(CH1)

)/$3(521

AIL2

FLP1

(CH6)

AIL1

FLP2

(CH1)

AIL

(CH1)

1250$/

ELE

(CH2)

$,/9$725

ELE1

AIL3

(CH2)

ELE2

AIL4

(CH8)

97$,/

ELE1

RUD2

(CH2)

ELE2

RUD1

(CH4)

$LUFUDIW

0XOWLFRSWHU

*When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS 

function or use a second R3008SB and link 

both to your transmitter.

AIL2

ELE1

(CH2)

AIL1

ELE2

(CH1)

(/(921
Before use

20

RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS

5HFHLYHU

2XWSXWDQG

&KDQQHO

+HOLFRSWHUHELI) 

1 $LOHURQF\FOLFUROO

2 (OHYDWRUF\FOLFSLWFK

3 Throttle 

4 Rudder 

5 Gyro 

6 3LWFKFROOHFWLYHSLWFK

7 AUX/Governor 

8 AUX/ELE2/Mixture control

9 AUX

10 AUX

6ZDVK7\SH

(Normal linkage type)

H-1: each servo linked 

to the swashplate 

independently.

$,/

(/(

3,7

؟$LOHURQ6HUYR

؟)OHYDWRU6HUYR

؟3LWFK6HUYR

*When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS 

function or use a second R3008SB and link 

both to your transmitter.
Before use

21

RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS

CH $,/$

1 Aileron

$,/$

2 Aileron

$)$)

2 Aileron

1 Flap

$)$)

2 Aileron

2 Flap

$)$)

2 Aileron

4 Flap

1 Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron

2 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator

3 Motor Motor Motor Motor Motor

4 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder

5 AUX AUX Flap Flap Flap

6 AUX AUX AUX Flap2 Flap2

7 AUX Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2

8 AUX AUX AUX AUX Flap3

9 AUX AUX AUX AUX Flap4

10 AUX - (&DPEHU - (&DPEHU - (&DPEHU - (&DPEHU

(Wing type)

ك($/3($,/ ك$$,/

ك($/3($,/ ك($/3($,/

ك$$,/

(Tail type)

كWDLOۋق كRUPDO1ق

Aileron1servo

(CH1)

Aileron1

(CH1)

Aileron2

(CH7)

Aileron1

(CH1)

Aileron2

(CH7)

Aileron1

(CH1) Flap1

(CH5)

Aileron2

(CH7)

Flap2

(CH6)

Aileron1

(CH1)

Flap1

(CH5)

Flap3

(CH8)

Aileron2

(CH7)

Flap4

(CH9)

Flap2

(CH6)

Flap

(CH5)

Elevator2

Rudder1

(CH4)

Elevator1

Rudder2

Elevator (CH2)

(CH2)

*OLGHU 

*When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS 

function or use a second R3008SB and link 

both to your transmitter.
Before use

22

According to the description of the battery to be used 

DQGLWV H[FOXVLYH FKDUJHU SOHDVH XVHLW DIWHU FDUU\LQJ

out full charge.

:H UHFRPPHQG FKDUJLQJ WKH EDWWHULHV ZLWK WKH

FKDUJHU VXSSOLHG ZLWK \RXU V\VWHP Note that the 

use of a fast charger may damage the batteries by 

overheating and dramatically reduce their lifetime. 

:KHQ +7)%LV FK R VH Q +%& $  L V

recommended.

:KHQ FKDUJLQJ )7)% SOHDVH PDNH VXUHWR

remove the battery from the system to charge it. 

Charger for this battery is recommended to use LBC4E5.

CHARGING THE BATTERIES (When the rechargeable battery option is used) 

&KDUJLQJ<RXU6\VWHP¶V%DWWHULHV

1. Connect the transmitter charging jack and batteries to the transmitter and receiver connectors 

of the charger. 

2. Plug the charger into a wall socket. 

3. Check that the charger LED lights. 

Charger

TX: Transmitter charging indicator

RX: Receiver charging indicator

To transmitter charging jack

Receiver battery

%DWWHU\&DUHDQG3UHFDXWLRQV

 Below you will find some general rules and guidelines which should be adhered to when 

charging transmitter and/or receiver battery packs. These are included to serve only as general 

JXLGHOLQHVDQGDUHQRWLQWHQGHGWRUHSODFHRUVXSHUVHGHWKHLQIRUPDWLRQSURYLGHGE\WKHEDWWHU\

DQGRUFKDUJHUPDQXIDFWXUHU)RUFRPSOHWHLQIRUPDWLRQSOHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVWKDWDUH

LQFOXGHGZLWKWKHEDWWHU\SDFNVDQGRUFKDUJHUVWKDWDFFRPSDQ\WKHSURGXFWVSXUFKDVHG

• Do not allow children to charge battery packs without adult supervision.

• Do not charge battery packs that have been damaged in any way. We strongly suggest frequent 

inspection of the battery packs to ensure that no damage has occurred. 

• 'R QRWWR DOORZ EDWWHULHVWR RYHUKHDW ,I RYHUKHDWHG GLVFRQQHFWWKH EDWWHU\ IURPWKH FKDUJHU

immediately and allow to cool.

• 'RQRWPL[FHOOVDOOFHOOVVKRXOGEHRIWKHVDPHPDWHULDOFRQ¿JXUDWLRQHWF

• Do not deep cycle NiMH batteries as permanent damage could result.

• 1HYHUFKDUJHEDWWHULHVRQDVXUIDFHWKDWPD\EHFRPHKRWRUPD\EHLPSDFWHGE\WKHKHDW

•,PPHGLDWHO\HQGWKHFKDUJLQJSURFHGXUHLIHLWKHUWKHEDWWHULHVRUFKDUJHULWVHOIEHFRPHRYHUO\KRW

• 1L0+FHOOVGRQRWH[KLELWWKH3PHPRU\HIIHFW ́OLNH1L&GFHOOVVROLWWOHF\FOLQJLVQHHGHG6WRUH

1L0+SDFNVZLWKVRPHYROWDJHUHPDLQLQJRQWKHFHOOVUHIHUWREDWWHU\VXSSOLHU

• NiMH cells have a self-discharge rate of approximately 20-25% (compared to 15% for NiCd 

EDWWHULHV,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRUHFKDUJH1L0+EDWWHULHVLPPHGLDWHO\SULRUWRXVH

• Never connect the battery in reverse. Reverse connection will cause the battery to overheat or 

will damage the inside of the charger.

• Do not add an additional charge after charging.

• 1HYHUFKDUJHZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJWKHQRPLQDOFDSDFLW\O&RIWKHUHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\

•,IDEDWWHU\LVFKDUJHGZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJ&WKHEDWWHU\ZLOORYHUKHDWDQGGHWHULRUDWH

• Do not connect two battery packs or more to one output terminal.

• Avoid extremely cold and hot places and the direct sunlight when you charge batteries. 

•,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRSHUIRUPFKDUJLQJZLWKLQWKHa&)UDQJH2WKHUZLVHLWPD\

cause abnormal charging and overheat.
Before use

23

ADJUSTING THE LENGTH OF THE CONTROL STICKS

STICK LEVER TENSION ADJUSTMENT 

<RXPD\DGMXVWWKHWHQVLRQRI\RXUVWLFNVWRSURYLGHWKHIHHOWKDW\RXSUHIHUIRUÀ\LQJ7RDGMXVW

\RXU VSULQJV \RX¶OO KDYHWR UHPRYHWKH UHDU FDVH RIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU )LUVW UHPRYHWKH EDWWHU\

FRYHURQWKHUHDURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXQSOXJWKHEDWWHU\ZLUHDQGUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\IURP

WKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXVLQJDVFUHZGULYHUUHPRYHWKHIRXUVFUHZVWKDWKROGWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VUHDU

FRYHULQSRVLWLRQDQGSXWWKHPLQDVDIHSODFH*HQWO\HDVHRIIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VUHDUFRYHU1RZ

\RX¶OOVHHWKHYLHZVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDERYH

8VLQJDVPDOO3KLOOLSVVFUHZGULYHUURWDWHWKHDGMXVWLQJVFUHZIRUHDFKVWLFNIRUWKHGHVLUHGVSULQJ

tension. The tension increases when the adjusting screw is turned clockwise. When you are 

VDWLV¿HGZLWKWKHVSULQJWHQVLRQVUHDWWDFKWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VUHDUFRYHU:KHQWKHFRYHULVSURSHUO\

LQSODFHUHLQVWDOODQGWLJKWHQWKHIRXUVFUHZV5HLQVWDOOWKHEDWWHU\DQGFRYHU

 You may change the length of the control sticks to make 

your transmitter more comfortable to hold and operate. To 

OHQJWKHQ RU VKRUWHQ \RXUWUDQVPLWWHU¶V VWLFNV ILUVW XQORFN

the stick tip by holding locking piece B and turning stick 

WLS$ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH 1H[WPRYHWKHORFNLQJ SLHFH%

XSRUGRZQWROHQJWKHQRUVKRUWHQ:KHQWKHOHQJWKIHHOV

FRPIRUWDEOHORFNWKH SRVLWLRQ E\WXUQLQJORFNLQJ SLHFH%

counterclockwise. 

Stick tip A Locking piece B

Mode 2 transmitter with rear case removed.

Aileron

Elevator Rudder

Stick Stick

Four screws are 

removed and rear 

case is removed.

+ screw is clockwise.

Stick tension maximum Stick tension minimum 

+ screw is counter-clockwise.

Do not loosen 

the screw past 

the top of the 

frame, as this 

will cause the 

screw to rub on 

the back case. 

※A screw touches a case.
Before use

24

ADJUSTING DISPLAY CONTRAST 

7RDGMXVWWKHGLVSOD\FRQWUDVWIURPWKHKRPHPHQXSUHVVDQGKROGWKHEND BUTTON. 

Push the +- KEY while still holding the END BUTTON: 

+ KEY to brighten 

- KEY to darken the display 

CONNECTOR / PLUG 

END Key + Key

1.Press and hold 2.Push the +key

Bright

END Key - Key

Dark

1.Press and hold 2.Push the -key

7UDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU

:KHQ\RXXVHWKHWUDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWWKH

optional trainer cable between the transmitters 

for teacher and student.

*You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function 

screen.

6%86FRQQHFWRU6,)

When setting an S.BUS servo and telemetry 

VHQVRUFRQQHFWWKHPERWKKHUH

6XSSO\SRZHUE\ZD\KXERUZD\FRUG

(DUSKRQHSOXJ

The telemetry data can be listened to by 

plugging in commercial 3.5mm earphones. (See 

WKHWHOHPHWU\LWHPIRUWKHGHWDLOHGVHWWLQJ

Trainer function

connector

S.BUS 

FRQQHFWRU6,) Earphone

plug
Before use

25

TRANSMITTER DISPLAYS & BUTTONS 

:KHQ\RX¿UVWWXUQRQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDFRQ¿UPDWLRQGRXEOHEHHSVRXQGVDQGWKHVFUHHQVKRZQ

EHORZ DSSHDUV%HIRUH À\LQJ RU HYHQ VWDUWLQJWKH HQJLQH EH VXUHWKDWWKHPRGHOW\SH DQG QDPH

DSSHDULQJRQWKHGLVSOD\PDWFKHVWKHPRGHOWKDW\RXDUHDERXWWRÀ\,I\RXDUHLQWKHZURQJPRGHO

PHPRU\VHUYRVPD\EHUHYHUVHGDQGWUDYHOVDQGWULPVZLOOEHZURQJSRWHQWLDOO\OHDGLQJWRDFUDVK

(GLWEXWWRQVDQG6WDUWXS6FUHHQDSSHDUVZKHQV\VWHPLV¿UVWWXUQHGRQ

JOG KEY: 

Control JOG KEY to scroll up/scroll down/scroll left/scroll right and select the option to edit within a 

IXQFWLRQ:KHQWKHPHQXKDVPXOWLSOHSDJHVPRYHWKHJOG KEY KRUL]RQWDOO\OHIWRUULJKW

Press JOG KEY to select the actual function you wish to edit from the menu. 

Press JOG KEY DQG KROG RQH VHFRQGWR FRQILUPPDMRU GHFLVLRQV VXFK DVWKH GHFLVLRQWR VHOHFW

D GLIIHUHQWPRGHO IURPPHPRU\ FRS\ RQHPRGHOPHPRU\ RYHU DQRWKHUWULP UHVHW VWRUH FKDQQHO

SRVLWLRQLQ)DLO6DIHFKDQJHPRGHOW\SHUHVHWHQWLUHPRGHOFRQGLWLRQRIDKHOLFRSWHUVHWXSLVFKDQJHG

An on screen inquiry will ask if you are sure. 

Press JOG KEY again to accept the change.

+ KEY: 

Press and hold + KEYIRURQHVHFRQGWRRSHQSURJUDPPLQJPHQXV,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJLQJDVHWXS

or a numerical increase. Changing the menus pages can also be performed.

- KEY: 

,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJHRIDVHWXSRUUHGXFWLRQRIDQXPEHU&KDQJHRIWKHSDJHRIDPHQXFDQDOVREH

performed.

END BUTTON: 

3UHVV(1'%87721WRUHWXUQWRSUHYLRXVVFUHHQFORVHIXQFWLRQVEDFNWRPHQXVDQGFORVHPHQXVWR

start-up screen.

Rudder trim

display

Aileron trim

display

Timers

Throttle trim

display

Model number

and name

Jog key

END

Key

Total timer display <TIMER>

Shows the cumulated ON time. (hours:minutes)

Up/down timer display <ST1.ST2>

(minutes:seconds)

Model timer display <MDL>

Shows the cumulated ON time for each model.(hours:minutes)

System timer display <SYS>

Shows the cumulated ON time.(hours:minutes) 

Resetting timers:

Select the desired timer with JOG KEY. The timer display 

flashes. To reset the timer, press JOG KEY.

System "T-FHSS" "S-FHSS"

Model type

Output display

-key

+key

Press and hold + KEY for one 

second to open programming 

menus.

Elevator trim

display

Battery

voltage Telemetry Receiving accuracy
Before use

26

WARNING & ERROR DISPLAYS 

 An alarm or error indication may appear on the display of your transmitter for a number of 

UHDVRQVLQFOXGLQJZKHQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU VZLWFKLVWXUQHGRQZKHQWKH EDWWHU\ YROWDJHLV

ORZDQGVHYHUDORWKHUV(DFKGLVSOD\KDVDXQLTXHVRXQGDVVRFLDWHGZLWKLWDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ

LOW BATTERY ERROR: Warning sound: Continuous beep until transmitter is powered off.

The LOW BATTERY warning is displayed when the transmitter battery voltage drops below 4.1V. 

/DQG\RXUPRGHODV VRRQDVSRVVLEOHEHIRUHORVVRIFRQWURO

GXHWRDGHDGEDWWHU\

MIXING ALERT WARNING: Warning sound: Several beeps repeated until problem resolved or 

overridden. 

The MIXING ALERT warning is displayed to alert you whenever 

you turn on the transmitter with any of the mixing switches 

active. This warning will disappear when the offending switch 

or control is deactivated. Switches for which warnings will be 

LVVXHGDWSRZHUXSDUHOLVWHGEHORZ7KURWWOHFXWLGOHGRZQVQDSUROODLUEUDNHWKURWWOHVWLFN

DQGFRQGLWLRQPRWRU6: ,IWXUQLQJD VZLWFK2))GRHVQRW VWRSWKHPL[LQJZDUQLQJ7KH

functions described previously probably use the same switch and the OFF direction setting 

LVUHYHUVHG,QVKRUWRQHRIWKHPL[LQJVGHVFULEHGDERYHLVQRWLQWKH2))VWDWH,QWKLVFDVH

reset the warning display by pressing both + / - KEYDWWKHVDPHWLPH1H[WFKDQJHRQH

of the switch settings of the duplicated mixings.


,I(6&PRGHLVFKRVHQE\7+5&87D7+5&87ZLOOQRWVWDUWZDUQLQJ

BACKUP ERROR::DUQLQJVRXQG6HYHUDOEHHSVUHSHDWHGFRQWLQXRXVO\

The BACKUP ERRORZDUQLQJ RFFXUVZKHQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\LVORVW IRUDQ\ UHDVRQ ,IWKLV

RFFXUVDOORIWKHGDWDZLOOEHUHVHWZKHQWKHSRZHULVWXUQHGRQDJDLQ

'RQRWÀ\ZKHQ WKLVPHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HG: all programming 

has been erased and is not available. Return your transmitter to 

Futaba for service. 

A setup of warning of each sensor can be performed in TELEMETRY. 

70PDUNLVVKRZQDERXWZDUQLQJRI7(/(0(75<

70
Before use

27

 LINK PROCEDURE (T10J/R3008SB)

(DFKWUDQVPLWWHUKDVDQLQGLYLGXDOO\DVVLJQHGXQLTXH,'FRGH,QRUGHUWRVWDUWRSHUDWLRQWKH

UHFHLYHUPXVWEHOLQNHGZLWKWKH,'FRGHRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKZKLFKLWLVEHLQJSDLUHG2QFHWKH

OLQNLVPDGHWKH,'FRGHLVVWRUHGLQWKHUHFHLYHUDQGQRIXUWKHUOLQNLQJLVQHFHVVDU\XQOHVVWKH

UHFHLYHULVWREHXVHGZLWKDQRWKHUWUDQVPLWWHU:KHQ\RXSXUFKDVHDGGLWLRQDO56%UHFHLYHUV

this procedure is necessary; otherwise the receiver will not work. 

/LQNSURFHGXUH

1. Place the transmitter and the receiver 

close to each other within 20 inches(half 

meter).

2. Turn on the transmitter. 

3. Select [MDL-SEL] and access the setup 

screen shown below by press the jog key .

4. Use the jog key to select (NO LINK) or the 

ID number next to LINK in the [MDL-SEL] 

menu.

5. Hold down the jog key to enter the link 

mode.

6. A chime from the transmitter notifies the 

operator that the transmitter has entered 

the link mode.

 “Beep beep beep”

 (Enters the link mode for 20 seconds)

7. Immediately turn on the receiver power.

 The receiver will enter the linking state 

(LED blinks red) about 3 seconds after the 

receiver power is turned on.

Less than 20 inches

In "Link" Mode

Receiver ON

8. If the receiver ID is displayed in the 

transmitter and the LED changed from red 

blinking to a steady green light, linking is 

complete. (The receiver linking wait state 

ends in about 3 seconds.)

9. Check system operation. If the transmitter 

and receiver are not linked, try linking 

again.


,IWKHUHDUHPDQ\7)+66$LUV\VWHPVWXUQHGRQLQFORVH

SUR[LPLW\\RXUUHFHLYHUPLJKWKDYHGLI¿FXOW\HVWDEOLVKLQJ

a link to your transmitter. This is a rare occurrence. 

+RZHYHUVKRXOGDQRWKHU7)+66$LUWUDQVPLWWHUUHFHLYHU

EHOLQNLQJDWWKHVDPHWLPH\RXU UHFHLYHUFRXOGOLQNWR

the wrong transmitter. This is very dangerous if you do 

QRWQRWLFHWKLVVLWXDWLRQ,QRUGHUWRDYRLGWKHSUREOHPZH

strongly recommend you to double check whether your 

receiver is really under control by your transmitter. 


:KHQ WKH OLQNHG WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU LV WXUQHG RQ

communications begins.


:KHQXVLQJUHFHLYHUVSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJRSHUDWLRQWKH

VDPHDVWKHVWUHFHLYHU+RZHYHUZKHQUHFHLYHUVDUH

XVHGWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHG

*Link is required when a new model is made from a model 

selection.

:$51,1*

$IWHU WKHOLQNLQJLV GRQH SOHDVH F\FOH

UHFHLYHUSRZHUDQGFKHFNWKDWWKHUHFHLYHU

WREHOLQNHGLVUHDOO\XQGHU WKHFRQWURORI

WKHWUDQVPLWWHU

'RQ
WSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJSURFHGXUHZLWK

PRWRU
VPDLQZLUHFRQQHFWHGRUZLWK WKH

HQJLQHRSHUDWLQJDVLWPD\UHVXOWLQVHULRXV

LQMXU\

0'/6(/

6(/(セント02'(/

&23<セント02'(/

5(67セント([HFXWH

5;セント7)+66

/,1.セント,' ;;;;;;;;;
Before use

28

0RGH6ZLWFK

Use the small plastic screw driver that was 

included with your receiver. 

 Switch is also used for the CH mode selection. 

5HFHLYHU56%

&RQQHFWRU

"1 through 6": outputs for the channels 1 

through 6

"7/B": outputs of 7 channels and power. 

"8/SB": outputs of 8 channels or S.BUS port.

>6%866HUYR6%86*\UR@


:KHQXVLQJ6%DV6%86\RXKDYHWRVHW

CH MODE of the following page to mode B or 

mode D.

"S.BUS2": outputs of S.BUS2 port.

>6%866HUYR6%86*\UR7HOHPHWU\6HQVRU@


:KHQXVLQJRUPRUHFKDQQHOVXVHDQ6%86

function or use a second R3008SB and link both 

to your transmitter.

&RQQHFWRULQVHUWLRQ

Firmly insert the connector in the direction 

VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH,QVHUWWKH6%86E\WXUQLQJ

it 90 degrees.

+

-

5HFHLYHU

Danger

Do not connect either a switch 

or battery in this manner.

'DQJHU

'RQ
WFRQQHFWDFRQQHFWRUDVVKRZQLQD

EHIRUH¿JXUH


,WZLOOVKRUWFLUFXLWLIFRQQHFWHGLQWKLVZD\$VKRUWFLUFXLW

DFURVVWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOVPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ

¿UHDQGEXUQV

'RQ
W FRQQHFW VHUYR IRU FRQYHQWLRQDO

V\VWHPWR6%866%86SRUW


'LJLWDOVHUYRIRUFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPĺ,WGRHVQRWRSHUDWH


$QDORJVHUYRĺ,WPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDW¿UHDQGEXUQLQJ

:DUQLQJ

6%86FRQQHFWRUV

'RQ
W FRQQHFW DQ 6%86 VHUYR J\UR WR

6%86FRQQHFWRU

/('0RQLWRU

This monitor is used to check the CH mode of 

the receiver.

RECEIVER NOMENCLATURE

%HIRUHXVLQJWKH UHFHLYHUEHVXUHWR UHDGWKHSUHFDXWLRQVOLVWHGLQ

the following pages.

([WUD9ROWDJH&RQQHFWRU

%DWWHU\

&+VHUYR

<KDUQHVV

%
Before use

29

R3008SB CH MODE

The R3008SB receiver is a very versatile 

XQLW,WKDV3:0RXWSXWV6%86DQG6%86

outputs. Additionally the PWM outputs can be 

FKDQJHGIURPFKDQQHOVWRFKDQQHOV,I

you only desire to use it as an 7 channel receiver 

ZLWKRXW 6%86LW FDQ EH XVHGZLWKRXW DQ\

setting changes.

'DQJHU

'RQ
WWRXFKZLULQJ

* There is a danger of receiving an electric shock.

'RQ
WVKRUWFLUFXLWWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOV

* A short circuit across the battery terminals may cause 

DEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ¿UHDQGEXUQV

3OHDVHGRXEOHFKHFN\RXUSRODULW\ + DQG

- ZKHQKRRNLQJXS\RXUFRQQHFWRUV


,I+ and -RIZLULQJDUHPLVWDNHQLWZLOOGDPDJH

ignite and explode.

'RQ¶W FRQQHFW WR([WUD9ROWDJH EHIRUH

WXUQLQJRQDUHFHLYHUSRZHUVXSSO\

+RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH

The R3008SB is capable of changing its channel 

allocations as described in the table below. 

1. Turn on the receiver. (At this moment, the 

transmitter should be off.) Then, LED blinks 

RED in about 3 seconds. Next, wait until it 

becomes solid RED.

2. Press and hold the Mode Switch more than 

5 seconds.

3. Release the button when the LED blinks 

RED and GREEN simultaneously.

4. The receiver is now in the "Operation 

CH Set" mode. At this moment, the LED 

LQGLFDWHVFXUUHQWVHWVWDWXVWKURXJKÁDVKLQJ

a pattern that corresponds to the CH 

mode.

*Cannot exit this CH setting mode before the operation 

PRGHLV¿[HG

*See the below table that shows correspondence between 

&+PRGHDQGZD\RIÀDVKLQJ/('

*Default CH mode is "Mode B".

5. By pressing the Mode Switch, the operation 

CH is switched sequentially as "Mode C" 

"Mode D" "Mode A"....

6. The operation mode will be set by pressing 

the Mode Switch more than 2 seconds at 

the desired CH mode.

7. Release the button when the LED blinks 

RED and GREEN simultaneously. Then, the 

RSHUDWLRQ&+LVÀ[HG

8. After confirming the operation CH mode 

is changed, turn off and back on the 

receiver power.

*The “Operation CH Set” mode cannot be changed during 

the receiver communicates to the transmitter.

Output 

connector

Channel

Mode A

1 ~ 8CH

Mode B

1 ~ 7CH

Mode C

9 ~ 10CH

Mode D

9 ~ 10CH

11199

2 2 2 10 10

3 3 3 --

4 4 4 --

5 5 5 --

6 6 6 --

7/B 7 7 - -

8/SB 8 S.BUS - S.BUS

Red LED blink 1 time 2 time 3 time 4 time

R3008SB CH Mode table

Default CH mode

([WUD9ROWDJH&RQQHFWRU

Use this connector when using a voltage 

telemetry device to send the battery voltage (DC0 

a9IURPWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU

You will need to purchase the optional External 

9ROWDJHLQSXWFDEOH&$59,1)870

You can then make a cable with an extra 

connector to the External voltage connector.
Before use

30

RECEIVER's ANTENNA INSTALLATION

7KH56%KDVWZRDQWHQQDV,QRUGHUWRPD[LPL]HVLJQDOUHFHSWLRQDQG SURPRWH VDIH

modeling Futaba has adopted a diversity antenna system. This allows the receiver to obtain RF 

VLJQDOVRQERWKDQWHQQDVDQGÀ\SUREOHPIUHH

Antenna

*Must be kept as straight as possible.

Coaxial cable

R3008SB Receiver

To obtain the best results of the diversity 

I X Q FWL R Q SO H D V H U H I H U W R W K H I ROO RZL Q J

instructions: 

1. The two antennas must be kept as straight 

as possible. Otherwise it will reduce the 

effective range. 

2. The two antennas should be placed at 90 

degrees to each other. 

 This is not a critical figure, but the most 

important thing is to keep the antennas 

away from each other as much as possible. 

 Larger models can have large metal 

objects that can attenuate the RF signal. In 

this case the antennas should be placed 

at both sides of the model. Then the best 

5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\Á\LQJ

attitude. 

3. The antennas must be kept away from 

conductive materials, such as metal, 

carbon and fuel tank by at least a half 

inch. The coaxial part of the antennas does 

not need to follow these guidelines, but do 

not bend it in a tight radius. 

4. Keep the antennas away from the motor, 

ESC, and other noise sources as much as 

possible. 

*The two antennas should be placed at 90 degrees to each other. 


7KH,OOXVWUDWLRQGHPRQVWUDWHVKRZWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGEHSODFHG


5HFHLYHU9LEUDWLRQDQG:DWHUSURRILQJ7KH UHFHLYHUFRQWDLQVSUHFLVLRQHOHFWURQLFSDUWV%HVXUHWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ

VKRFNDQGWHPSHUDWXUHH[WUHPHV)RUSURWHFWLRQZUDSWKHUHFHLYHULQ IRDP UXEEHU RU RWKHU YLEUDWLRQDEVRUELQJ

PDWHULDOV,WLVDOVRDJRRGLGHDWRZDWHUSURRIWKHUHFHLYHUE\SODFLQJLWLQDSODVWLFEDJDQGVHFXULQJWKHRSHQHQGRIWKH

EDJZLWKDUXEEHUEDQGEHIRUHZUDSSLQJLWZLWKIRDPUXEEHU,I\RXDFFLGHQWDOO\JHWPRLVWXUHRUIXHOLQVLGHWKHUHFHLYHU

\RXPD\H[SHULHQFHLQWHUPLWWHQWRSHUDWLRQRUDFUDVK,ILQGRXEWUHWXUQWKHUHFHLYHUWRRXUVHUYLFHFHQWHUIRUVHUYLFH

Antenna Antenna
Before use

31

Rubber 

 grommet 

Brass eyelet 

Wood screw 

Servo mount 

2.3-2.6mm nut 

washer 

Rubber 

 grommet 

Brass eyelet 

Servo mount 

2.3-2.6mm screw 

(Airplane/Glider) (Helicopter) 

6HUYROHDGZLUHV

To prevent the servo lead cable from being 

EURNHQ E\ YLEUDWLRQ GXULQJ IOLJKW SURYLGH D

little slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable 

points. Periodically check the cable during daily 

maintenance.

Fasten about 5-10cm 

from the servo outlet so 

that the lead wire is neat.

Margin in the lead wire.

MOUNTING THE POWER 

SWITCH 

:KHQPRXQWLQJDSRZHUVZLWFKWRDQDLUIUDPH

make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than 

the total stroke of the switch so that you can turn 

the switch ON/OFF without binding. 

Avoid mounting the switch where it can be 

FRYHUHGE\HQJLQHRLODQGGXVW ,QJHQHUDOLWLV

recommended to mount the power switch on the 

VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS when 

you install receiver and servos

:DUQLQJ

&RQQHFWLQJFRQQHFWRUV

%H VXUH WRLQVHUW WKHFRQQHFWRUXQWLOLW

VWRSVDWWKHGHHSHVWSRLQW

+RZWRSURWHFWWKHUHFHLYHUIURP

YLEUDWLRQDQGZDWHU

:UDS WKHUHFHLYHUZLWK VRPHWKLQJ VRIW

VXFKDV IRDPUXEEHU WRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ

,I WKHUHLV DFKDQFH RI JHWWLQJZHWSXW

WKH UHFHLYHU LQ D ZDWHUSURRI EDJ RU

EDOORRQWRDYRLGZDWHU

5HFHLYHU
VDQWHQQD

1HYHU FXW WKH UHFHLYHU
V DQWHQQD 'R

QRWELQGWKHUHFHLYHU
VDQWHQQDZLWKWKH

FDEOHVIRUVHUYRV

/RFDWH WKHUHFHLYHU
V DQWHQQD DV IDU DV

SRVVLEOH IURPPHWDOV RU FDUERQ ILEHU

FRPSRQHQWVVXFKDVIUDPHVFDEOHVHWF

*Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will 

UHGXFHWKHUDGLRUHFHSWLRQVHQVLWLYLW\DQGUDQJH

and may cause a crash.

6HUYRWKURZ

$GMXVW \RXU V\VWHP VR WKDW SXVKURGV

ZLOOQRWELQGRUVDJZKHQRSHUDWLQJ WKH

VHUYRVWRWKHIXOOH[WHQW


,IH[FHVVLYHIRUFHLVFRQWLQXRXVO\DSSOLHGWRD

VHUYRWKHVHUYRFRXOGEHGDPDJHGGXHWRIRUFH

on the gear train and/or power consumption 

causing rapid battery drain. 

0RXQWLQJVHUYRV

8VH D YLEUDWLRQSURRIUXEEHU VXFK DV

UXEEHU JURPPHW XQGHU D VHUYRZKHQ

PRXQWLQJ WKH VHUYR RQ D VHUYRPRXQW

$QGEHVXUH WKDW WKHVHUYRFDVHVGRQRW

WRXFKGLUHFWO\WRWKHPHWDOSDUWVVXFKDV

VHUYRPRXQW


,IWKHVHUYRFDVHFRQWDFWVWKHDLUIUDPHGLUHFWO\

vibration will travel to and possibly damage the 

servo. 

MOUNTING THE SERVO 
Before use

32

RANGE CHECK THE RADIO

$UDQJHFKHFNPXVWEHSHUIRUPHGEHIRUHWKH¿UVWÀLJKWRIDQHZPRGHO,WLVQRWQHFHVVDU\WRGR

DUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHHYHU\ÀLJKWEXWLVQRWDEDGLGHDWRSHUIRUPDUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHWKH¿UVW

ÀLJKWRIHDFKGD\$UDQJHFKHFNLVWKH¿QDORSSRUWXQLW\WRUHYHDODQ\UDGLRPDOIXQFWLRQVDQGWR

be certain the system has adequate operational range.

We have installed a special “Power Down Mode” in the T10J in order to perform an operational 

JURXQGUDQJHFKHFN'XULQJWKLVPRGHWKH5)SRZHULVUHGXFHGLQRUGHUWRWHVWWKHRSHUDWLRQDO

range of the T10J. 

'$1*(5

1(9(5VWDUWÀ\LQJZKHQWKH33RZHU'RZQ

0RGH ́LVDFWLYH *Control is impossible and your 

model crashes. 

Select the "ON" a n d 

press the Jog key. 

P o w e r i s u s u a l l y 

outputted from power 

mode.

Select the "OFF" and 

press the Jog key.

A screen opens without 

o u t p u t t i n g p o w e r . 

The receiver does not 

operate.

:LWKWKH33RZHU'RZQ0RGH ́DFWLYDWHGZDONDZD\IURPWKHPRGHOZKLOHVLPXOWDQHRXVO\RSHUDWLQJWKHFRQWUROV

+DYHDQDVVLVWDQWVWDQGE\WKHPRGHODQGVLJQDOZKDWWKHFRQWUROVDUHGRLQJWRFRQ¿UPWKDWWKH\RSHUDWHFRUUHFWO\<RX

should be able to walk approximately 30-50 paces from the model without losing control.

 ,I HYHU\WKLQJ RSHUDWHV FRUUHFWO\ UHWXUQWRWKHPRGHO 3XVK END KEY and complete power down mode. Set the 

transmitter in a safe yet accessible location so it will be within reach after starting the engine. Be certain the throttle 

VWLFNLVDOOWKHZD\GRZQDQGWKHQVWDUWWKHHQJLQH3HUIRUPDQRWKHUUDQJHFKHFNZLWK\RXUDVVLVWDQWKROGLQJWKHPRGHO

and the engine running at various speeds. 

,IWKH VHUYRVMLWWHU RUPRYHLQDGYHUWHQWO\WKHUHPD\ EHD SUREOHP'R127À\WKHDLUFUDIW/RRN IRUORRVH VHUYR

connections or binding pushrods. Also be certain that the battery has been fully charged.

1(9(5VWDUWÀ\LQJZKHQWKH33RZHU'RZQ0RGH ́LVDFWLYH

6HUYRWHVWRSHUDWLRQDWWKHWLPHRI3RZHU'RZQ0RGH

'XULQJ3RZHU'RZQPRGH\RXFDQXVHDXWRPDWLFVHUYRWHVWLQJWRFKHFNWKHUDQJHRIDVSHFL¿HGVHUYRLWPRYHVWR

ULJKWDQGOHIWVORZO\

$6(592LVFKRVHQIURPDPHQX

JOG KEYLVPRYHGWRDVLGHDQGSDJHVLVFDOOHG1H[WJOG KEY is moved down and CH is displayed.

&+RIWKHVHUYRZKLFKZDQWVWRRSHUDWHLVFKRVHQ7KHQWKH+ KEY is pressed and it is made ACT.

7KHVHUYRVHOHFWHGGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHRSHUDWHVDORQHDOORZLQJ\RXWRFKHFNLWVRSHUDWLRQ

,WLVGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHVWDUWLQJDQGLI6(5927(67LVWXUQHG21LWZLOOPRYH


,QWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHWKHWKURWWOHVHUYRGRHVQRWRSHUDWH


+HOLFRSWHUPRGHFRQGLWLRQLV¿[HGWR125

7R DFWLYDWHWKH 33RZHU 'RZQ0RGH ́ SOHDVH KROG

down the JOG KEY and then turn the transmitter switch 

on. A power mode screen is displayed. Press the JOG 

KEY to select the Power Down function. When this 

mode is active the red LED on the lighting from of 

the transmitter will provide users with an audible and 

visual indication that the transmitter is in the “Power 

'RZQ0RGH ́$XGLEO\WKHWUDQVPLWWHU ZLOO EHHS RQH

WLPHHYHU\WKUHHVHFRQGV9LVXDOO\WKH/&'VFUHHQZLOO

display “POWER DOWN MODE”. The words “POWER 

DOWN MODE” will blink as an additional reminder 

that the transmitter is in the “Power Down Mode”.

7RDFWLYDWHWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHDQG3HUIRUP$5DQJH&KHFN
Before use

33

S.BUS/S.BUS2 INSTALLATION

 This set uses the S.BUS/S.BUS2 system. The wiring is as simplified and clean mounting as 

SRVVLEOH HYHQ ZLWKPRGHOVWKDW XVH DODUJH QXPEHU RI VHUYRV ,Q DGGLWLRQWKH ZLQJV FDQ EH

quickly installed to the fuselage without any extraneous wiring by the use of only one simple 

ZLUHHYHQZKHQWKHUHDUHDODUJHQXPEHURIVHUYRVXVHG

Ɣ:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\

Ɣ7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVHOYHV6HWWDEOHZLWKWKH7-

Ɣ7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPUHFHLYHUFRQYHQWLRQDO&+XVHGFDQEHPL[HG

S.BUS Glider usage example

S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example

Receiver: R3008SB

Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional )

Switch: HSW-L

Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional )

Aileron servo: BLS174SV×2 ( Optional )

Elevator servo: BLS173SVi×2 ( Optional )

Rudder Servo: BLS175SV×1 ( Optional )

HUB×3 ( Optional )

Receiver: R3008SB

Servo: S3173SVi×9 (Optional)

i Connector (Optional)

i-i Connector (Optional) i-i Connector (Optional)

i-i Connector (Optional)

HUB×1 (Optional)

* i-i Connector makes S.BUS connection 

of SVi servo to SVi servo.

* i Connector makes S.BUS 

connection of SVi servo to receiver.
Before use

34

S.BUS WIRING EXAMPLE

%DWWHU\

%DWWHU\

*<

([WHQVLRQ

FRUG

6ZLWFK

6ZLWFK

7HUPLQDOER[

+8%

+8% +8%

+8% +8%

+8%

+8%

ق$QRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\ك

+8%

6%866HUYR

6%866HUYR

Receiver

●S.BUS Servo

 Since the channel number is memorized by 

the S.BUS itself, any connector can be used. 

When the SBD-1 Decoder (sold separately) is 

used, ordinary servos can be used with the

S.BUS system.

●When separate power supply used

 When a large number of servos are used or 

when high current servos are used, the servos 

can be driven by a separate power supply by 

using a separate Power Supply 3-way Hub.

●7HUPLQDOER[

Four connectors can be inserted

 Three connectors can be 

inserted.

 Used when using a separate 

power supply battery.

6%86

3RUW

6%

Orange

Green

:DUQLQJ

3RZHUVXSSO\

3OHDVH PDNH VXUH WKDW \RX

XVHDEDWWHU\ WKDWFDQGHOLYHU

H Q R X J K F D S D FL W \ I R U W K H

QXPEHU DQG NLQG RI VHUYRV

X V H G $O N DOL Q H E D W W H UL H V

FDQQRWEHXVHG
Before use

35

S.BUS2 SYSTEM

:KHQXVLQJWKH6%86SRUWDQLPSUHVVLYHDUUD\RIWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG

Receiver port S.BUS Servo

S.BUS Gyro

S.BUS2 Servo

S.BUS2 Gyro Telemetry sensor

S.BUS ○ ○ ×

S.BUS2 × (※) ○ ○

6%867$%/(

(※)'RQ
WFRQQHFW6%866HUYR

S.BUS Gyro to S.BUS2 connector. 

6%86

3RUW

6%86

3RUW

6%

+XE

+XE +XE +XE

5XGGHU6HUYR

6%866HUYR 6%866HUYR

6%86VHUYR

&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH

6%86J\UR

&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH

6%86VHUYR

&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH

7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU

&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH

6%86

*<52

&+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%>'@

ٔ

7HOHPHWU\

6HQVRU

6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVDQG6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVPXVWEHXVHGLQWKH

FRUUHFWUHFHLYHUSRUWV3OHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDOWRPDNHVXUH

\RXFRQQHFWWRWKHFRUUHFWRQH
Before use

36

S.BUS/S.BUS2 DEVICE SETTING

S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or a telemetry sensor can be connected directly to the T10J. Channel 

setting and other data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors. 

3-way hub 

or Y-harnesses

6%866%86

6HUYR

6%866%86

GHYLFH

7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU

5HFHLYHUV

%DWWHU\

%DFNRI7-

1. Turn on the transmitter power.

2. Call the setup screen.

Servo: → S.BUS LINK → MODE IN

Sensor: → SENSOR → REGISTER

3. Connect the S.BUS device and battery you 

want to set with a 3-way hub or Y-harnesses 

DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUH

4. Perform setting in accordance with each 

screen.

5. This sets the channel and other data for each 

S.BUS servo, or telemetry device to be used 

with the S.BUS device or receiver. 
Before use

37

TELEMETRY SYSTEM

The R3008SB receiver features bi-directional communication with a T-FHSS Air Futaba 

transmitter using the S.BUS2 port. Using the S.BUS2 port an impressive array of telemetry 

VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG,WDOVRLQFOXGHVERWKVWDQGDUG3:0RXWSXWSRUWVDQG6%86RXWSXW

ports.

*Telemetry is available only in the T-FHSS Air mode. 


7KHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQUHTXLUHVWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJUHFHLYHU56%


7KH7-ZLOOHQWHUDQGNHHSWKH,'QXPEHURIWKH56%WKDWLWLVOLQNHGWR


:KHQ\RXXVHWZRRUPRUH56%VHWWHOHPHWU\PRGHWR,1+

7-

●Telemetry sensor (sold separately)

Your aircraft's data can be checked in the 

transmitter by connecting various telemetry 

sensors to the S.BUS2 connector of the 

receiver.

●Slot Number

Servos are classified by channel, but sensors 

are classified by “slot” . Since the initial slot 

number of the T10J is preset at each sensor, 

the sensors can be used as is by connecting 

them. There are 1~31 slots.

6%86

&RQQHFWRU

7HPSHUDWXUH

6HQVRU Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3 ~ 5

Slot 6 ~ 7

Slot 8 ~ 15

Slot 16

Receiver

Battery voltage is 

displayed at the transmitter.

Power battery voltage is 

displayed at the transmitter.

6ZLWFK

7HUPLQDOER[

+8%

+8%

+8%

Info

Info

Info

Info

Info

voltage

Signal

530

6HQVRU

$OWLWXGH

6HQVRU

*36

6HQVRU

Slot 17

Slot 31




6HQVRU

9ROWDJH

6HQVRU




6HQVRU

Info
38Common function

(1 second) END +

0(18岜岜岜岜

セント0'/6(/

セント0'/1$0(

セント)$,/6$)(

セント5(9(56(

セント7,0(5

セント6(592

セント(1'32,17

セント75,0

セント68%75,0

セント30,;

セント$8;&+$1

セント3$5$0(7(5

0(18岜岜岜岜 

セント7(/(0(75<

セント6(1625

セント6%86/,1.

セント0'/75$16

セント75$,1(5

セント$,/',))

'58ڀ$,/セント

セント97$,/

セント*<526(16

セント(/(921

セント$,/9$725

/'))1ڀ7+5セント

0(18岜岜岜岜  

セント'5(;32

セント)/$3(521

セント$,5%5.

)/)ڀ/$3(セント

/$3(ڀ)/)セント

セント)/$375,0

セント7+5&87

セント,'/('2:1

セント61$352//

セント7+5&859(

セント3,7&859(

セント7+5岜'(/$<

0(18岜岜岜岜  

セント'5(;32

セント)/$3(521

セント$,5%5.

)/)ڀ/$3(セント

/$3(ڀ)/)セント

セント)/$375,0

セント7+5&87

セント,'/('2:1

セント61$352//

セント7+5&859(

セント3,7&859(

セント7+5岜'(/$<

セント$,/',))

'58ڀ$,/セント

セント97$,/

セント*<526(16

セント(/(921

セント$,/9$725

/'))1ڀ7+5セント

MENU

3/3

 Common function

The setting screens are called from the following menu. All the functions common to 

airplane, helicopter, glider, and multi-copter model types are shown here.

MENU

● When the + key is pressed for 

1 second, the menu screen is 

displayed.

● When the END key i s 

p r e s s e d , t h e d i s p l a y 

r e t u r n s t o t h e h o m e 

screen.

● First set the throttle 

to slow.

● Then turn on the 

power.

MENU

1/3

MENU

2/3

(Home screen)

To menu screen 

by holding down 

the + key

(Selection)

● M o v e t h e c u r s o r 

( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d 

down and to the left and 

right with the Jog key and 

select the function.

The cursor can be moved 

over several pages.

(Calling the setting screen)

● Press the Jog key to open the 

setting screen.
39Common function

MENU1/3

MDL-SEL (P.40)

Model select / Model Copy / Data 

reset / RX / Link

MDL-NAME (P.43)

Model name / User name

FAIL SAFE (P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE (P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER (P.48)

Timer

SERVO (P.49)

Servo monitor / Servo test

END POINT (P.50)

End point

TRIM (P.51)

Trim reset / Trim step

SUB TRIM (P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6 (P.53)

Program mixing 1 ~ 6

AUX-CHAN (P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER (P.58)

Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : 

mode, time, adjustment / Home 

display / Battery alarm / Battery 

vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog 

navi / Jog light / Jog time /

Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : 

language, volume / Stick position 

alarm 

■ Function

MENU2/3

TELEMETRY (P.66)

Telemetry Display / Alarm setup

SENSOR (P.83)

Telemetry sensor

SBUS LINK (P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS (P.92)

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

TRAINER (P.93)

Trainer

key / LCD

●Jog key

●+ key ●- key

●END key
40Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

Model select(SELECT)

The model data of up to 30 models can be stored in the transmitter. This function is used when 

calling saved model data.

Model copy(COPY)

This is the model data copy function. It is convenient when you want to store model data as backup 

or build a number of models with the same data settings.

● The data of the model memory currently in use can be copied to another model memory.

Data reset (RESET)

The model data currently in use can be reset to its initial value. However, it does not Reset other 

than the following of a parameter. 

[ The function reset in a parameter : ATL trim, TELEMETRY mode, STK POSI ALRM ]

Receiver selection(RX)

The R3008SB supplied with the transmitter, employs the T-FHSS Air system. When you want to use 

an S-FHSS receiver, switch to S-FHSS here. However, the telemetry function cannot be used with the 

S-FHSS system.

Link(LINK)

When linking with the receiver, the transmitter is set to the link mode here. The ID number of the 

currently linked receiver is displayed.

"MDL-SEL"

MDL-SEL Model select(select / copy / reset / RX type / link) (Common)

Model select

Model copy

Data reset 

RX system

Link

(Model number:1 ~ 30)

● Original data : Model type 

Model name

● Copy place : Model type Model 

name

● System(T-FHSS Air or S-FHSS)

● Link receiver ID

● Select the setting 

item with the Jog 

key.

This function is used when calling and copying 

model data stored in the transmitter. The selected 

model data can also be reset. System changes 

(T-FHSS Air, S-FHSS) matched to the receiver type 

and linking with the receiver are also done here.

0'/6(/

6(/(セント02'(/

&23<セント02'(/

5(67セント([HFXWH

5;セント7)+66$LU

/,1.セント,' ;;;;;;;;;
41Common function

1 Select the SELECT item and then 

s e l e c t t h e m o d e l n u m b e r b y 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ - or

Selection range:1 ~ 30

2 Press the Jog key for 1 

second.

   (1 second)

● Confirmation message 

"sure?" blinks.

3 Select the model by pressing the 

Jog key.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p 

beep" sounds to show that 

selection is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is 

displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

1 Select the COPY item and the select 

the model number of the copy 

destination by pressing the + key

or ‒ key.

+ - or

Selection range:1 ~ 30

2 Press the Jog key for 1 

second.

 (1 second)

● Confirmation message 

"sure?" blinks.

3 Copy the model by pressing the 

Jog key.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p " 

sounds and "COMPLETE"

is displayed on the screen 

to show that copying is 

complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is 

displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

1 Select the REST item and then press the Jog 

key for 1 second.

 (1 second)

● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks.

2 Date reset by pressing the Jog key.

● A confirmation "beep" sounds and 

"COMPLETE" is displayed on the screen is 

complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message 

is displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

Model select

Model copy

Date reset

Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly 

check the Hi and Low directions of the engine or motor used and be careful that 

they do not suddenly run at full speed. Even after data reset, CH3 is reversed.

CAUTION 
42Common function

1 Select the LINK item and then press the Jog key

for 1 second.

 (1 second)

● T-FHSS Air only. S-FHSS does not enter the link 

mode. Use the receiver link button to link the 

receiver.

2 Enters the link mode for about 20 seconds. 

During this time, bring the receiver near the 

transmitter and turn on the receiver power. 

When linking, the receiver ID is displayed.

● In the link mode, a confirmation "beep 

b e e p b e e p " s o u n d s a n d t h e t i m e 

remaining is displayed on the screen. 

W h e n 20 s e c o n d s h a v e e l a p s e d , a 

continuous beep sounds and the link 

mode is exited.

For safety, linking must not be performed while the drive motor or engine is running. When linking is 

complete, turn the power off and on and check operation.

Link

1 Select the RX item and then select 

T-FHSS Air or S-FHSS by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

+ - or

Selection range:T-FHSS Air, 

S-FHSS

● Confirmation message 

"sure?" blinks.

2 RX type change by pressing the 

Jog key.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p " 

sounds is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is 

displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

RX type

*Link is required when a new model is made from a model selection.
43Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

1 Move the cursor to the model 

name digit you want to change by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ - or

2 Move the cursor to the 

candidate character you 

want to change with the 

Jog key.

3 Change the character by pressing 

the Jog key.

Set the model name by repeating steps 1 to 3 above.

Reset method:When the cursor is moved to any digit of the model name by + key or ‒ key and the 

Jog key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the model name 

returns to its initial setting.

Model name

MDL-NAME Model name / User name (Common)

Model name setting(MDL NAME)

This function assigns a name to the model data. The model name is displayed on the top row of the 

home screen. This serves to prevent model memory mistakes if the current aircraft name or other 

name is entered.

● Up to 10 characters can be set.

User name setting(USR NAME)

The user name displayed on the home screen can be set. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba 

logo is displayed) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set 

user name is displayed on the home screen.

● Up to 10 characters can be set.

Model name

User name

(Reset)

(Candidate characters)

● Characters that can be entered ;

Numeric/upper case alphabet/

lower case alphabet

"MDL-NAME"

A model name is inputted into each model in 

T10J. 

User name is inputted into T10J.

0'/1$0(
44Common function

1 Move the cursor to the user name 

d i g i t y o u w a n t t o c h a n g e b y 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ - or

2 Move the cursor to the 

candidate character you 

want to change with the 

Jog key.

3 Change the character by pressing 

the Jog key.

Set the user name by repeating steps 1 to 3 above.

Reset method: When the cursor is moved to any digit of the user name by + key or ‒ key and the Jog 

key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RESET by Jog key, the user name returns 

to its initial setting (Futaba logo).

User name

1 Select "HOME-DSP" from the 

parameter 2 page with the Jog key. 

2 S e l e c t "USR-NAME" b y 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

3 End setting by pressing the 

END key.

Parameter

+ - END

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

Displaying the user name on the home screen

The set user name can be displayed on the home screen. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba logo is 

displayed.) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set user name is 

displayed.

"PARAMETER"
45Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

When normal radiowaves cannot be received due 

to noise and interference, the NOR mode, which 

holds the servo of each channel in its position 

immediately before reception was lost, or F/S (Fail 

Safe) mode, which moves the servo of each channel 

to a preset position, can be selected. When T-FHSS 

Air is selected, the battery fail safe voltage can be 

set.

ŏ:KHQ WKH WKURWWOHFKDQQHOZDV UHYHUVHGE\ VHUYR

UHYHUVH IXQFWLRQ WKH )6GDWD LVDOVR UHYHUVHG

7KURWWOH FKDQQHO RQO\ ,I WKH UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\

YROWDJHGURSVEHORZ WKH VHW YDOXHZKHQ WKH IDLO

VDIHPRGH ZDV VHOHFWHG WKH EDWWHU\ IDLO VDIH

IXQFWLRQPRYHVWKHVHUYRWRDSUHVHWSRVLWLRQ

ŏ7KH6)+66IDLOVDIHYROWDJHLV9

ŏ2QO\ WKH WKURWWOHFKDQQHOEDWWHU\ IDLOVDIH IXQFWLRQ

FDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRII

ŏ:KHQWKLVIXQFWLRQZDVSHUIRUPHGUHVHWWKHEDWWHU\

IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQE\ WKH IROORZLQJPHWKRGDQG

LPPHGLDWHO\ODQG

Reset method:The battery fail safe function can be 

temporarily disabled by moving the throttle stick to the slowest 

side. However, after 30 seconds the battery fail safe function will 

return to the battery fail safe state.

"Fail safe"

FAIL SAFE Fail safe (Common)

■ Mode selection

1 Select the mode by 

pressing the + key or 

‒ key at the MODE 

item of each channel.

+ - or

(Range)

NOR, F/S

(When F/S mode was selected)

■ F/S position

2 In the mode selected state, set the F/

S position by holding the stick of that 

channel in the position you want to set 

and press the Jog key for 1 second.

● A confirmation beeping sounds to 

show that the servo position was 

set.

■ When using the B-F/S mode

1 Select ACT by pressing the + key or 

‒ key at the B-F/S item.

+ - or

 (Range / Default)

INH, ACT / INH

Fail safe

F/S Position

Mode select B-F/S : ON/OFF

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

 For safety, always set the fail safe functions.

Ɣ5HPHPEHUWRVHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKDW

the servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes and 

to the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters.

Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves 

cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous.

Ɣ,IWKHEDWWHU\ IDLOVDIHLV UHVHWE\WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\

be mistaken for an engine malfunction and will be reset at 

WKURWWOHVORZDQGWKHPRGHOZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYH

any doubts, immediately land.

WARNING

)$,/6$)( 7)+66

02'(326,%)6

$&7

$,/

(/(

7+5

58'

*(5

セント125

セント125

セント)6

セント125

セント125
46Common function

1 Select BATTERY F/S VOLTAGE

on page 3 of the fail safe screen 

with the Jog key.

2 S e t t h e v o l t a g e b y 

pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

3 End setting by pressing the 

END key.

Battery fail safe voltage setting

+ - END

(Set up range)

3.8V 4.0V 4.2V 4.4V 4.6V 4.8V 

5.0V 5.3V 5.6V 5.9V 6.2V 6.5V 

6.8V 7.1V 7.4V
47Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

Servo reversing (REVERSE): changes the 

direction an individual servo responds to a 

&21752/67,&.PRWLRQ

For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read the 

section on SWASH AFR before reversing any 

servos. 

With the exception of CCPM helicopters, always 

complete your servo reversing prior to any other 

programming.

When using ACRO functions that control 

PXOWLSOHVHUYRVVXFKDV)/$3(521RU97$,/LW

may be confusing to determine whether the servo 

needs to be reversed or a setting in the function 

needs to be reversed. Refer to the instructions for 

each specialized function for further details. 

1 Channel is Select by Jog 

key.

Selection range:1 ~

10ch

2 NOR or REV is chosen by Jog key.

● The confirmation message "sure?"

blinks on the screen. (Not displayed 

if the same as before.)

3 Reverse the servo by pressing the 

Jog key.

● A confirmation beeping 

sounds and the direction of 

operation is reversed.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled after the confirmation message is 

displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

Servo Reverse

Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directions of the 

engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed.

Since the direction of the ailerons of an airplane can be easily mistaken, be very careful.

"REVERSE"

To prevent erroneous setting, after the servo reverse screen was called as described above, the channel 

will not be selected if the Jog key is not pressed at the left and right.

REVERSE Servo reverse (Common)

Channel select

● Select the channel with the 

Jog key.

● The currently selected channel 

is highlighted.

● Display Reverse/Normal

REV:Reverse

NOR:Normal

(Channel number)

CAUTION 

5(9(56(

5(9

125

$

,

/



(

/

(



7

+

5



5

8

'



*

(

5



)

/

3



$

8

;



$

8

;



$

8

;



$

8

;


48Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

The timer is convenient during a competition to 

VHWWKHVSHFL¿HGDPRXQWRIWLPHRUWKHÀ\LQJWLPH

on a full tank of fuel.

ŏ7ZRWLPHUV\VWHPVFDQEHVHW7LPHU705!DQG

7LPHU705!

ŏ7KH WLPHUVFDQEH VHW IRUHDFKPRGHO6LQFH WKH

WLPHUVFDQEHVHWWRPDWFKWKHPRGHOWKH\GRQRW

KDYHWREHUHVHWHDFKWLPHWKHPRGHOLVFKDQJHG

ŏ7KH W\SHRI WLPHUFDQEH VHOHFWHG IURPDPRQJ

XS83GRZQ'2:1DQGGRZQVWRS'1673

7KHXSWLPHULVFRXQWHGXSIURPDQGWKHHODSVHG

WLPHLVGLVSOD\HGRQ WKHVFUHHQ7KHGRZQ WLPHULV

FRXQWHGGRZQIURPWKHVHWWLPHDQGWKHUHPDLQLQJ

WLPH LVGLVSOD\HGRQ WKH VFUHHQ 7KHGRZQ VWRS

WLPHU VWRSV WKHFRXQWDW(DFK WLPHUFDQEH VHW

XSWRPLQXWHVVHFRQGV

ŏ6ZLWFKHV$ WR+ WKURWWOH VWLFN 677+5RUSRZHU

VZLWFK3:56:FDQEHVHOHFWHGDV WKHVWDUW

VWRS VZLWFK 216: 7KH212))GLUHFWLRQFDQ

DOVREHVHW+RZHYHUZKHQ WKHSRZHUVZLWFKZDV

VHOHFWHGWKHWLPHUVWDUWVZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKLV

WXUQHGRQ

ŏ:KHQ WKH WLPHU \RX ZDQW WR UHVHW LV VHOHFWHG

ZLWK WKH -RJ NH\DQG WKH -RJ NH\ LVSUHVVHG IRU

 VHFRQGDW WKHKRPH VFUHHQ WKH WLPHU LV UHVHW

6ZLWFKHV$WR+FDQEHVHOHFWHGDVWKHUHVHWVZLWFK

566:7KH212))GLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREHVHW

ŏ7KH XSGRZQ WLPHUDXGLEOHDODUP LQGLFDWHV WKH

WLPHE\DEHHSHYHU\VHFRQGFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJ

DW VHFRQG LQWHUYDOV IURP VHFRQGVEHIRUH WKH

VHWWLPHDQGDFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJDWDVHFRQG

LQWHUYDOIURPVHFRQGVEHIRUHWKHVHWWLPH

"TIMER"

TIMER Timer (Common)

■ Mode selection

1 Select timer mode 

from the "MODE"

with the + or - key.

+ - or

(Range / Default)

UP, DOWN, DN-STP/UP

■ Timer time setting

2 S e t t h e t i m e b y 

pressing the + key or 

‒ key at each TIME 

(minutes):(second) 

item.

(Range / Default)

0 ~ 9 9 m i n u t e s 5 9 

seconds/10 minutes 00 

second

■ Switch selection and ON direction setting

3 Select the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key at 

the ON-SW or RS-SW item and set the ON direction by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key at the ON direction setting 

item.

(Switch setting range/Default)

ON-SW: SwA ~ H, ST-THR, PWR-SW/SwA

RS-SW: SwA ~ H/SwA

(Switch ON direction/Default)

3P SW: NULL (normally off), UP, UP&DWN, UP&CNT, CENTER, 

CNT&DN, DOWN/NULL

2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN/NULL

Timer <TMR1><TMR2>

● Select the item with the 

Jog key.

Time set up

Mode selection

ON Switch selection

Switch direction

Reset Switch selection

Switch direction

● When the throttle switch is 

selected at switch selection, 

hold the throttle stick in the 

position you want to set the 

ON/OFF point at ON direction 

setting and set the ON/OFF 

position by pressing the Jog key 

for 1 second. The timer is turned 

ON at points higher than this 

position. The ON direction can 

be switched by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.   (Timer1)  (Timer2)

7,0(5
49Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

The servo display/servo test function displays 

the CH1 to CH10 servo output bar graph and tests 

servo operation.

ŏ7KHVHUYRGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHGIRUDVLPSOH

RSHUDWLRQFKHFNRI VXFK IXQFWLRQVDV WKHPL[LQJ

IXQFWLRQ

ŏ:KHQWKHVHUYRWHVWIXQFWLRQLVWXUQHGRQWKHVHUYR

PRYHV WR WKH OHIWDQG ULJKWDW WKH VHWSHULRG$

YDULDEOH VSHHG/15 OLQHDUPRGHRUÀ[HG VSHHG

-03 MXPSPRGHFDQEH VHOHFWHG 7KLVFDQEH

XVHG WRFKHFN WKH VHUYRHWF2SHUDWLRQ212))

FDQDOVREHVHOHFWHGIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

"SERVO"

SERVO Servo monitor / Servo test (Common)

(Servo Monitor)

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

Switching to the servo test 

screen

● Switch the screen by selecting 

TEST and operating the jog 

key to the left and right.

● The servo operating position 

of each channel is displayed 

on a bar graph.

(Servo Test)

Servo test ON/OFF

Channel Select

Screen change

● Where "GRPH" is chosen, a 

Jog key is pressed in right or 

left.

Type Select

Cycle Select

Speed setting

● Operation of a servo test

■ Type/cycle/speed setting

1 Select the setting item (TYPE, CYCL, 

SPD) with the Jog key and set the item 

by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

(Range / Default)

TYPE:LNR, JMP / LNR

CYCL:1 ~ 100 / 10(full speed at 1)

SPD:1 ~ 100 / 7(full speed at 100)

■ Channel selection

2 Select the channel you want to 

test with the Jog key and select 

ACT/INH by pressing the + key

or ‒ key.

+ -

or

Selection range:ACT, INH

Default:INH(only CH1 is ACT)

■ Servo test start/stop

3 Select the "TEST" item 

with the Jog key a n d 

start/stop the servo test 

by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

Selection range:ON, OFF

Default:OFF

Servo test

 Using the servo test will move the servos to 

their full throw. Do not use this with linkages 

installed. Using it may damage the servo and 

linkage.

6(592岜岜  7(67セント



6(592岜岜  *53+セント

ٕ

,1+يٴ7&$ٹ

يٴيٴيٴيٴيٴيٴيٴٹ

7<3(セント/15

&<&/セント

63'セント

&+セント

7(67セント2))

CAUTION 
50Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

(1'32,17 

&+$,/

$,/

(/(

7+5

58'

*(5









  

ڀ ځ

ڀ

The End Point function adjusts the left and right 

servo throws, generates differential throws, and 

will correct improper linkage settings.

ŏ7KH VHUYR WUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHG LQGLYLGXDOO\DW

WKHOHIWDQGULJKWVLGHV

Servo throw

At 100% setting the servo throw of each channel is about 40° 

for channels 1 to 4 and about 55° for channels 5 to 10.

However, the maximum servo travel for channels 5 to 10 is 

about 110%.

*When channels 5 to 8 were mixed by flaperon, differential or 

ailvator, the throw becomes the same (about 40° ) as channels 

1 to 4.

"END POINT"

● Select the channel with 

the Jog key. ● T h e s e t t i n g r a t e o f e a c h 

channel

(Left / Down)

rate display

(Right / Up)

rate display

END POINT End point (Common)

1 A channel is chosen by Jog key.

Selection range:1 ~ 10ch

2 Operate the stick or knob of the selected 

channel fully to the left (down) or right (up) 

and adjust the rate by pressing the + key or 

‒ key.

or

Range:

0 ~ 140%

Default:100%

● When you want to 

return the set value 

to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ 

key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the stick and VR by repeating step 1 .

End point

< ChannelDisplay >

ACROBATIC HELICOPTER GLIDER (AF4) MULTICOPTER

1: AIL(Aileron) 6: FLP(Flap)1: AIL(Aileron) 6: PIT(PITCH)1: AIL(Aileron) 6: FL2(Flap2) 1: AIL(Aileron) 6: AUX

2: ELE(Elevator)7: AUX 2: ELE(Elevator)7: AUX 2: ELE(Elevator)7: AL2(Aileron2)2: ELE(Elevator)7: AUX

3: THR(Throttle)8: AUX 3: THR(Throttle)8: AUX 3: MOT(Motor) 8: FL3(Flap3) 3: THR(Throttle)8: AUX

4: RUD(Rudder)9: AUX 4: RUD(Rudder)9: AUX 4: RUD(Rudder)9: FL4(Flap4) 4: RUD(Rudder)9: AUX

5: GER(Gear) 10: AUX 5: GYR(GYRO) 10: AUX 5: FLP(Flap) 10: AUX 5: MOD 10: AUX

+ -
51Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

1 Select the RESET item and press the Jog key for 1 second.

 

           (1 second)

● A "beep" sounds to indicate that resetting is 

complete. At this time, the trim position number 

returns to 0.

Trim reset

1 Select the trim you want to set from the STEP item 

and set the step size by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

Range:1 ~ 40

Default:4

● When you want to return the 

set value to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ key

simultaneously.

Trim step

Trim Reset

This function returns the trim of the model 

memory in use to the center (initial state).

However, at this time, sub trim and trim step 

amount are not reset.

Trim Step

The amount of trim change per step can be 

changed between 1 and 40 according to the aircraft 

capacity and trim application. 

Set it to match the application. With ordinary 

aircraft, a setting of about 2 to 10 should be fine. 

,QLWLDOYDOXH

● For example, when the step size is 

the initial value (4), trim movement 

from center to end is 30 steps. If the 

step size is made 40, the trim moves 3 

steps.

"TRIM"

Trim Reset

Trim step

● Select the item with the 

Jog key.

● The numbers in ( ) indicate 

the current trim position. (The 

trim operating range is 120 ~

100[DT5,DT6])

(Trim step rate)

TRIM Trim reset / Trim step (Common)

75,0
52Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo 

neutral position, and may be used to make fine 

adjustments to the control surface after linkages 

and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set 

up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set to 

their center position.

Setting precautions

If sub trim is too large, the servo operating range 

may be exceeded at maximum control surface 

angle and generate a dead band in which the servo 

does not operate. First connect the linkage so that 

the amount of sub trim used is held to a minimum.

"SUB TRIM"

● Select the channel with the 

Jog key.

● SUB trim rate of each channel.

SUB trim rate of the selected channel.

SUB TRIM Sub trim (Common)

1 A channel is chosen by Jog key.

Selection range:

(page 1) 1 ~ 5ch

(page 2) 6 ~ 10ch

2 Select the SUB trim you want to set from 

channel item and set the rate by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

Range:

-120 ~ +120%

Default:0%

● When you want to 

return the set value 

to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ 

key simultaneously.

Sub trim

68%75,0 

$,/

(/(

7+5

58'

*(5

&+$,/













ڀ

< ChannelDisplay >

ACROBATIC HELICOPTER GLIDER (AF4) MULTICOPTER

1: AIL(Aileron) 6: FLP(Flap)1: AIL(Aileron) 6: PIT(PITCH)1: AIL(Aileron) 6: FL2(Flap2) 1: AIL(Aileron) 6: AUX

2: ELE(Elevator)7: AUX 2: ELE(Elevator)7: AUX 2: ELE(Elevator)7: AL2(Aileron2)2: ELE(Elevator)7: AUX

3: THR(Throttle)8: AUX 3: THR(Throttle)8: AUX 3: MOT(Motor) 8: FL3(Flap3) 3: THR(Throttle)8: AUX

4: RUD(Rudder)9: AUX 4: RUD(Rudder)9: AUX 4: RUD(Rudder)9: FL4(Flap4) 4: RUD(Rudder)9: AUX

5: GER(Gear) 10: AUX 5: GYR(GYRO) 10: AUX 5: FLP(Flap) 10: AUX 5: MOD 10: AUX
53Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

P.MIX 1 ~ 4 (normal type)

The following functions can be set for programmable mixing 1 to 4:

【Mixing Channel】

● Use this function by changing the channel because the master channel and slave channels initial setting is a 

temporary combination. 

● When OFS was selected as the master channel, the mixing rate setting applies to slave only. When a mixing 

rate is set, slave servo operation is offset by that amount.

● A knob (VR) or digital trim (DT5, DT6), as well as a channel, can be selected as the master channel.

【Trim selection】

● Whether or not mixing includes master channel trim operation can be selected.

【Mixing reference point change】

● The master channel mixing reference point can be shifted.

【Switch selection】

● The programmable mixing ON/OFF switch can be selected. The switches that can be selected are switches A to 

H and the throttle stick. 

● The switch operating direction can be set. When a 2 position switch was selected, up /down can be set, and 

when a 3 position switch was selected, up/up and down /up / and center/center/center and down /down can 

be selected. When the throttle stick was selected, the ON/OFF position and operation direction can be set. 

When "NULL" is selected, mixing is always ON.

P. MIX 5 ~ 6(curve type)

Programmable mix 5 to 6 allows setting of the mixing rate by 5 point curve.

OFS and knob/digital trim use and trim selection by normal type master channel setting described 

above are impossible, but switch selection is possible.

Mixing that can independently customize 6 

functions can be used. Programmable mixing is 

used to remove bad tendencies of the aircraft and 

PDNH RSHUDWLRQ SOHDVDQW ,Q DGGLWLRQWRPL[LQJ

between arbitrary channels, this function includes 

linking (linking with another mix), trim addition, 

offset, and switch setting functions.

"P.MIX1-6"

P.MIX1-6 Program mixing 1 ~ 6 (Common)
54Common function

■ Calling the setting screen

1 Use the Jog key to select the P.MIX 

number you want to use.

2 Call the setting screen by pressing 

the Jog key.

● P.MIX1 ~ 4(normal type)

● P.MIX5 ~ 6(curve type)

P.MIX Selection (P.MIX 1-6)

to P.MIX1 ~ 4

set up screen

to P.MIX5 ~ 6

set up screen

(P.MIX1 ~ 4 set up screen)

Mixing rate adjustment

Offset

Master CH selection

Slave CH selection

Function activation

● When INH is selected, the 

function cannot be used. 

When ON or OFF is selected, 

the function is activated. ON 

and OFF changes are linked 

to the switch.

Trim ON/OFF

Switch selection ● Select the item with the Switch direction

Jog key. (Master CH Current position)

■ Function activation

1 Select the MIX item and select ON 

or OFF by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

● When you do not want to use 

the function select INH.

■ Master/slave channel selection

2 Select the MASTR channel you want 

to use by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

3 Select the Slave channel you want to 

us by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

● A knob VR or digital trim DT5/DT6, as well as channels 1 

to 10, can be specified as the master channel. In addition, 

when OFS was selected as the master channel, slave servo 

operation is offset.

■ Mixing rate adjustment

+ - or

4 Select the RATE item and adjust the 

mixing rate by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key for each direction of the stick, etc. 

selected at the master channel.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value 

to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ 

key simultaneously.

(Changing the ON/OFF Switch)

■ ON/OFF Switch selection

1 Select the "SW" item and then 

select the switch by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.

or

Selection range:SwA ~

SwH、THR

■ Switch ON direction setting

2 Select the "POSI" item and select the switch 

ON direction by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

● 2P SW:NULL(always ON), UP, DOWN

● 3P SW:NULL(always ON), UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, 

DOWN

● THR stick: Hold the stick at the ON/OFF point 

and set the ON/OFF position by pressing the Jog 

key for 1 second. (If the Jog key is pressed for 1 

second when the position was set, it returns to 

the NULL state.) The switch ON direction can also 

be selected by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

P.MIX1 ~ 4

+ - or

+ - or

(1 second)

+ -
55Common function

(Changing the mixing reference point) (Including trim operation)

■ Mixing reference point setting

(1 second) 1 Select the "OFFST" item and hold 

the master side stick or knob in 

the position you want to set and 

set the new reference point by 

pressing the Jog key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

(THR only 0 ~ 100%)

Default:0%

■ Trim ON/OFF setting

+ - or

1 S e l e c t t h e "TRM" i t e m 

and select ON or OFF by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:OFF、ON

Default:OFF

● When you do not want to include trim in 

mixing select OFF.

 At the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.

(P.MIX5 ~ 6 set up screen)

● Select the item with the 

Jog key.

5Point curve

setting

● The set curve is displayed on a 

graph.

Function activation

Master CH select

Slave CH select

Switch selection

Switch ON direction

● When INH is selected, the 

function cannot be used. 

When ON or OFF is selected, 

the function is activated. ON 

and OFF changes are linked 

to the switch.

Refer to the P.MIX1 ~ 4 setting method described previously for settings other than the 5 point curve setting 

described below.

■ 5point curve setting + - or

1 Select the setting item (P-1 ~ P-5) of each point with the Jog key and set the amount of 

movement of each point by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:0%

 At the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally.

P.MIX5 ~ 6

CAUTION 

CAUTION 
56Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

Auxiliary channel function (AUX-CH): defines 

the relationship between the transmitter controls 

and the receiver output for channels 5-10.

"AUX-CHAN"

AUX-CHAN AUX Channel (Common)

< AUX Channel Default >

ACROBATIC HELICOPTER GLIDER MULTICOPTER

CH5 SwG(SwitchG) CH5 SwF(SwitchF) CH5 DT5(Trim5) CH5 SwE(SwitchE)

CH6 VR(Volume) CH6 ----(PITCH) CH6 SwG(SwitchG) CH6 SwC(SwitchC)

CH7 DT5(Trim5) CH7 SwC(SwitchC) CH7 SwD(SwitchD) CH7 VR(Volume)

CH8 DT6(Trim6) CH8 VR(Volume) CH8 DT6(Trim6) CH8 DT6(Trim6)

CH9 SwA(SwitchA) CH9 SwA(SwitchA) CH9 SwA(SwitchA) CH9 SwA(SwitchA)

CH10 SwD(SwitchD) CH10 SwD(SwitchD) CH10 VR(Volume) CH10 SwD(SwitchD)

1 A channel is chosen by Jog key.

Selection range:5 ~ 10ch

2 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch 

by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

Selection range:NULL, SwA ~ SwH, 

VR, DT5, DT6

AUX Channel

Remember that if you assign primary control of 

a channel to a switch which you later use for other 

functions (like dual/triple rates or airbrakes), every 

time you use that other function you will also be 

moving the auxiliary channel. 

$8;&+$1

&+セント6Z*

&+セント95

&+セント'7

&+セント'7

&+セント6Z$

&+セント6Z'
57Common function

ACRO

MULTICOPTER

GLIDER

CH5

CH5

CH5

CH5

CH6

CH6

CH6

CH6

CH7

CH7

CH7

CH9

CH9

CH9

CH9

CH7

CH8

CH8

CH8

CH10

CH10

CH10

CH10

CH8 HELI

PITCH SW-G

SW-E

SW-C

SW-F

GYRO

GYRO

AIL DIFF

AILERON2

FLAP3

SW-A

SW-A

FLAP TRIM VR

DT5

VR

DT5

SW-G

SW-A

VR

DT6

SW-D

DT6

SW-C

GYRO

GYRO

GYRO

GYRO

GYRO

GYRO

GYRO

AILVATOR

SW-D

SW-D

SW-D

ELE2

GOVERNOR

GOVERNOR

GOVERNOR

PITCH

PITCH

THR → NEEDLE

THR → NEEDLE

GYRO

GYRO

DT6

VR

GYRO

FLAPERON

SW-A

FLAP1

FLAP2

FLAP4

CAMBR MIX

The priority of AUX

higher rank Priority low rank

WARNING

Don't assign two or more functions to one channel. 

Priority may be given to a higher rank function and

a low rank function may be canceled.
58Common function

Function

PARAMETER submenu: sets those parameters 

you would likely set once, and then not disturb 

again. 

Once you have selected the correct model you 

wish to work with, the next step is setting up the 

SURSHUSDUDPHWHUVIRUWKLVVSHFL¿FPRGHO

Data reset (RESET)

The present model data is reset. Data Reset does NOT reset, ATL Trim, TELEMETRY mode, or STK POSI 

Alarm.

Model type(TYPE) SWASH : Only helicopter WING : Only glider

MODEL TYPE: sets the type of programming used for this model.

The T10J has 30 model memories, which can each support:

● One powered aircraft (ACRO) memory type (with multiple wing and tail configurations. See twin 

aileron servos, twin elevator servos, ELEVON, and V-TAIL for further information.)

● Eight helicopter swashplate types, including CCPM. See Helicopter MODEL TYPE for details. 

● If you use CGY750, the swash type should choose H-1. ( Swash type is chosen by setup in CGY750. )

● Five glider wing types. See glider WING TYPE for details. 

● Multicopter type. 

Before doing anything else to set up your aircraft, first you must decide which MODEL TYPE best fits 

this particular aircraft. (Each model memory may be set to a different model type.) If your transmitter 

is a T10JA, the default is ACRO. If it is a T10JH, the default is HELI(H1).

ATL Trim(ATL)

Adjustable travel limit (ATL): makes the channel 3 TRIM LEVER (THROTTLE TRIM) effective only at 

low throttle, disabling the trim at high throttle. This prevents pushrod jamming due to idling trim 

changes. This function defaults to ON. If you are not using channel 3 for throttle, you may want 

trim operation the same as on all other channels. To do so, set ATL to OFF. If you need the ATL to be 

effective at the top of the stick instead of the bottom, reverse the THR-REV setting. Note that this 

affects all models in the radio, not just the model you are currently editing. 

LCD contrast(CONTRAST)

Contrast adjustment LCD screen. 

● You adjust to legible contrast. set up range -10 ~ +10 

Back light(BACK-LIT)

Back light mode of a LCD screen can be chosen.

● ALWAYS / KEY-ON (Shines for a definite period of time after key operation.) / OFF

Light time(LIT-TIME)

Sets the length of time the backlight will stay on. 

● Set up range 1 ~ 30

Light adjustment(LIT-ADJS)

Light volume adjustment of a back light.

● Set up range 1 ~ 30

Home display (HOME-DSP)

Item selection displayed on a home screen 

● Futaba logo (Default), USR-NAME , RX BATT, DT5/DT6, THR/PIT (Case of helicopter, the position of a 

throttle and pitch.) 

PARAMETER Parameter function (Common)
59Common function

Battery alarm(BATT-ALM)

Select the battery alarm voltage according to the battery to be used.

● 4 dry cell batteries ⇒ 4.2V DRY4

● HT5F1800B (NiMH battery) ⇒ 5.0V NiMH5

● FT2F2100B (Lithium ferrite battery) ⇒ 5.8V LiFe2

Battery alarm vibration(BATT VIB)

Battery alarm is told with vibration.

Buzzer tone (BUZ-TONE)

The tone of buzzer sound when a key is pressed. 

● Set up range : OFF,1(low) ~ 100(high)

Jog key navigation (Jog-NAVI)

Blink at the time of Jog key operation, Display of the operation direction. 

Jog light(Jog-LIT)

ON/OFF of a Jog key light.

Jog light time(Jog-TIME)

Time setting in which a Jog key light shines.

● Set up range : 1 ~ 30(s)

Telemetry mode setting(TELEMETRY MODE)

Sets whether or not telemetry is activated. When using 2 receivers with 1 transmitter, select INH.

● Range:ACT / INH

Telemetry display units setting(TELEMETRY UNIT)

Sets whether the telemetry display is in meters or yards/pounds.

● Range:METER / YARD   (°C / °F)

Speech language setting(SPEECH LANGUAGE)

Sets the speech language when listening to telemetry information through earphones.

● Range:Japanese (JPN), English (English)

Speech volume setting(SPEECH VOLUME)

Sets the volume when listening to telemetry information through earphones.

● Range:LOW / HIGH 

Stick position alarm setting(STK POSI ALRM)

Can be set so that an audible alarm sounds once when the throttle stick reaches the set position.
60Common function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

1 Call the "RESET" from the PARAMETER by Press 

the Jog key for 1 second.

 (1 second)

● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks.

2 Date reset by pressing the Jog key.

● A confirmation "beep" sounds and 

"COMPLETE" is displayed on the screen is 

complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to confirm your setting changes by pressing the 

jog key. When "COMPLETE" can be seen, it is the completion of reset. 

Date reset

Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directions 

of the engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed. Even after data reset, 

CH3 is reversed.

CAUTION 

● Next page 2 ~ 5

page 1

page 2

 page 3

 page 4

 page 5

"PARAMETER"

3$5$0(7(5

7<3(セント$&52%$7,&

$7/セント210'/

5(6(7セント([HFXWH Data reset

Model type

Swash type

Wing type

ATLTrim

(In the case of a helicopter )

(In the case of a glider )

LCD contrast(CONTRAST)

Back light(BACK-LIT)

Light time(LIT-TIME)

Light adjustment(LIT-ADJS)

Home display (HOME-DSP)

Battery alarm(BATT ALM)

Battery alarm vibration(BATT VIB)

Buzzer tone (BUZ-TONE)

Jog key navigation (JOG-NAVI)

Jog light(JOG-LIT)

Jog light time(JOG-TIME)

(TELEMETRY MODE)

(TELEMETRY UNIT)

(SPEECH LANGUAGE)

(SPEECH VOLUME)

Stick position alarm(STK POSI ALRM)
61Common function

1 Select the "TYPE" item and 

then select the model type by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● The new model type is 

displayed on the screen.

2 Press the Jog key for 1 second.

 (1 second)

● Confirmation message 

"sure?" blinks.

3 Model type change by pressing 

the Jog key.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p " 

sounds is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to confirm your 

setting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key 

and see "COMPLETE" on your screen, your changed are not saved. 

Selection range:

ACROBATIC, 

HELICOPTER,GLIDER,MULTI 

COPT

Model type

1 Select the "SWASH" item and 

then select the swash type by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ - or

2 Press the Jog key for 1 second.

 (1 second)

● Confirmation message 

"sure?" blinks.

3 Swash type change by pressing 

the Jog key.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p " 

sounds is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to confirm your 

setting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press the jog key 

and see "COMPLETE" on your screen, your changed are not saved. 

Selection range:H-1, HR3, 

H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2, H-4, H4X

1 Select the "WING" item and 

then select the swash type by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ - or

2 Press the Jog key for 1 second.

 (1 second)

● Confirmation message 

"sure?" blinks.

3 Swash type change by pressing 

the Jog key.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p " 

sounds is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is cancelled 

after the confirmation message is displayed, the change is not made 

when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

Selection range:1AIL, 2AIL, 

2A+1F, 2A+2F, 2A+4F

Swash type(for Heli)

Wing type(for Glider)

1 Select the "ATL" item and change the mode by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ - Selection range:ON, OFF

Default:OFF

ATL Trim ON/OFF

or
62Common function

1 Select the "HOME-DSP" item and change the mode 

by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

● "Futaba":Display about a Futaba logo.

"USR-NAME":Display about a user name.

"DT5/DT6":Display about the position of DT5 

and DT6

"RX BATT":Display about the receiver battery 

voltage 

"THR/PIT":Display about the position of pitch 

and throttle.

Selection range:

Futaba, USR-NAME,DT5/

DT6, RX BATT, THR/PIT(*)

Default:Futaba

*Only Heli mode can be chosen 

about THR/PIT.

1 Select the "BATT ALM" item and change the 

numerical value (voltage) by pressing the + key or

‒ key. 

+ -

or

● AA alkaline batterys ⇒ 4.2V DRY4

● Futaba HT5F1800B ⇒ 5.0V NiMH5

● Futaba FT2F2100B ⇒ 5.8V LiFe2

Selection range:

4.2V 4.6V 5.0V 5.4V 5.8V 

6.2V 6.6V 7.0V 7.4V

■ Back-light mode

 Select the "BACK-LIT" item and 

change the mode by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● "ALWAYS":always ON

"OFF":always OFF

"KEY-ON":It light on after 

Key operation.

■ Light-time

 Select the "LIT-TIME" item and 

change numerical value (time) by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● It is only a case in "KEY-ON" 

mode here.

■ Light-adjustment

 Select the "LIT-ADJ" i t e m 

and change numerical value 

(brightness) by pressing the + key 

or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● It is the brightest at 30.

Selection range:

ALWAYS, OFF, KEY-ON

Default:ALWAYS

Selection range:1 ~ 30(s)

Default:10(s)

● When you want to return the set 

value to the initial value, press the 

+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Selection range:1 ~ 30

Default:15

● When you want to return the set 

value to the initial value, press the 

+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Home display

Battery alarm voltage

Back-light / Light-time / Light-adjustment

*The voltage drop of a rechargeable battery 

and a dry cell battery is different. When 

using a rechargeable battery, always 

change the voltage.

+ -

1 Select the "CONTRAST" item and change numerical 

value (contrast) by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ - Selection range:-10 ~

+10

Default:0

LCD contrast

or
63Common function

1 Select the "BATT VIB" item and change the ON or 

OFF by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

+ -

or

● ON ⇒ The battery alarm of a transmitter is told with 

vibration.

Selection range:

ON, OFF

Battery alarm voltage vibration

1 Select the "BUZ-TONE" item and change the 

numerical value (tone) by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key. The higher the numerical value the higher the 

tone.

Buzzer tone

Selection range:

OFF, 1 ~ 100

● When you want to return the 

set value to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ key

simultaneously.

+ - or

1 Select the "Jog-NAVI" item and change the mode 

by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

+ -

or

Selection range:

ON,OFF

When NAVI selected

Jog key navigation

When a function that 

only operates in the 

vertical direction is 

s e l e c t e d , t h e L E D 

blinks vertically.

W h e n a f u n c t i o n 

t h a t o p e r a t e s i n 

t h e v e r t i c a l a n d 

horizontal directions 

is selected, the LED 

blinks vertically and 

horizontally.

flashes when the Jog key was pressed.

1 Select the "Jog-LIT" item and change the mode by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● "ALWAYS":The light is always switched on.

"KEY-ON":KEY operation → Light on.

"OFF":Always off.

Selection range:

ALWAYS, KEY-ON, OFF

Default:KEY-ON

Jog light
64Common function

1 Select the "TELEMETRY-MODE" item and change 

the mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

+ -

or

Selection range:

ACT, INH

1 Select the "SPEECH-LANGUAGE" item and change 

the language by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

+ -

or

Selection range:

Japanese, English

1 Select the "TELEMETRY-UNIT" item and change the 

mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

+ - or

Selection range:

METER, YARD

1 Select the "SPEECH-VOLUME" item and change the 

volume by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

+ - or

Selection range:

HIGH, LOW

Telemetry mode

Speech language

Telemetry unit

Speech volume

1 Select the "Jog-TIME" item and change numerical 

value (time) by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● Jog-Lit sets the lighting time when KEY-ON 

was set.

Selection range:

1 ~ 30

Default:10

● When you want to return the 

set value to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ key

simultaneously.

Jog light time
65Common function

● ParameterVHWWLQJLVQRW

UHVHW+RZHYHU STK 

POSI ALRM, Telemetry 

mode DQG WKH A T L 

trimRQZKLFK(MDL) 

Z D V  G L V S O D \ H G  D U H

UHVHWWDEOH

3$5$0(7(5岜岜岜岜岜岜岜岜

67.326,$/500'/

02'(セント21

6:セント6Z$

326,セント'2:1

67,&.セント

Stick position alarm 

An alarm (single beep) can be sounded at the specified throttle stick position.

● Alarm function ON/OFF can be set by switch.

Select "Parameter"

Press the Jog key to the side and select page 5.

Beep sounds

When the THR stick 

is set to the 

specified position.

3$5$0(7(5岜岜岜岜岜岜岜岜

67.326,$/500'/

02'(セント21

6:セント6Z$

326,セント'2:1

67,&.セント

● Select the item with the (STK POSI ALRM )

Jog key.

INH ⇔ ON/OFF

Switch selsction

Switch direction

Stick position

● When INH is selected, the 

function cannot be used. 

When ON or OFF is selected, 

the function is activated. ON 

and OFF changes are linked 

to the switch.

● The number in parenthesis 

is the current throttle stick 

position.

1 Stick position is chosen by Jog 

key.

2 Set the throttle stick to the 

position at which you want to 

generate the alarm.

3 When the Jog key is held 

down the alarm sounds at that 

position.

M e m o r i z e t h e p o s i t i o n a t 

which the beep is to sound.

THR Stick
66Common function

Function

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

TELEMETRY Telemetry (Common)

This screen displays and sets the various information from the receiver. An alarm and vibration can be 

generated depending on the information. For example, a drop in the voltage of the receiver battery housed 

in the aircraft can be reported by an alarm.

● This function can only be used in the T-FHSS Air mode. The S-FHSS system cannot use telemetry.

● Telemetry sensors sold separately can be mounted in the aircraft to display a variety of information. (Receiver voltage 

does not require a sensor.)

● The telemetry function cannot be used if the telemetry mode of the parameters is not ACT.

● When 2 receivers are used with 1 transmitter, the telemetry function cannot be used.

In the initial state, the receiver voltage is displayed at the transmitter.

7(/(0(75<

5(&(,9(5



5(&(,9(5

(;792/7



5;%$77

Display

● Viewing the receiver voltage.

RX-BATT

Viewing the receiver voltage. Setting is unnecessary. When menu telemetry is 

listened to, the voltage appears.

Viewing the drive battery 

voltage.

CA-RVIN-700 and wiring work are necessary.

Using various optional 

telemetry sensors.

Optional telemetry sensors are necessary. T10J 

setting is unnecessary.

Using several telemetry 

sensors of the same type.

Setting by "sensor" in the menu is necessary.

(Slot setting is necessary.)

Setting alarms from the 

telemetry information.

Setting by "Telemetry" in the menu is necessary.

P.66

P.70

P.74 ~ 82

P.84

P.75 ~ 82

● How to display receiver voltage 

on a home screen.

PARAMETER

HOME-DSP

"RX BATT" is chosen by + key or - key.

"TELEMETRY"

Receiver voltage display
67Common function

In the initial state, the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed in the 

transmitter. (Value until reset)

Display

1 Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry 

screen with the Jog key.

2 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

1 Select "MIN/MAX" from the RX-BATT 

screen with the Jog key.

2 Date reset by pressing the 

Jog key for 1 second.

● A confirmation "beep" 

sounds when complete.

Calling the setting screen

MIN/MAX reset

● Viewing the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values.

5;%$77

$/$509,%/,0,7

'1セント,1+セント2))セント9

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

9

0,10$; 99

'RQRWVWDUHDWRUVHWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJVFUHHQZKLOHÀ\LQJ

Ŷ/RVLQJVLJKWRIWKHDLUFUDIWGXULQJÀLJKWLVYHU\GDQJHURXV

Ŷ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRFKHFNWKHLQIRUPDWLRQGXULQJÀLJKWFDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\VFUHHQEHIRUHÀLJKWDQGKDYHWKHVFUHHQ

FKHFNHGE\VRPHRQHRWKHUWKDQWKHRSHUDWRU

WARNING

Receiver voltage MAX

Receiver voltage display

Receiver voltage MIN

ŏ5HFHLYHU → 7UDQVPLWWHU

7 K H U H F HS W LR Q R I W K H

VLJQDOIURPWKHUHFHLYHUWR

WKH WUDQVPLWWHU LV VKRZQ

7KLVGRHVQRWDIIHFWÁLJKW
68Common function

Use this setting to sound an alarm when the receiver battery voltage drops dangerously low. VIB 

(vibration) that vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.

Method

1 Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry 

screen with the Jog key.

2 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

1 In the RX-BATT screen state, select 

(ALARM) from the menu with the 

Jog key.

2 Select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

1 In the RX-BATT screen state, select 

(LIMIT) 0.0V from the menu with 

the Jog key.

2 Select the voltage by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key. Selection range:

3.5V ~ 8.4V

● When you want to set 5.0V, press the 

+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

1 In the RX-BATT screen state, select 

(VIB) from the menu with the Jog 

key.

2 Select the "TYP1 ~ TYP3" by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Calling the setting screen

Alarm set

Alarm voltage set 

Vibration set

● Setting receiver voltage alarm.

5;%$77

$/$509,%/,0,7

'1セント,1+セント2))セント9

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

9

0,10$; 99

DN (down) shows than an 

alarm is generated when 

the voltage drops below 

the set voltage.

+ - or

+ or -

TYP 1

TYP 2

TYP 3

"VIB" types

+ or -
69Common function

The receiver voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5φ

plug). The speech function can be turned on and off with the specified switch.

Method

1 Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry 

screen with the Jog key.

2 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

1 In the RX-BATT screen state, select 

(SPEECH) from the menu with the 

Jog key.

2 Select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

1 In the RX-BATT screen state, select 

(SW) from the menu with the Jog 

key.

In "NULL", a speech always turns on.

2 Select the switch by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key. Selection range:

NULL, SWA ~ SWH

Calling the setting screen

Speech

Switch

● Listening to the receiver voltage by speech.

5;%$77

$/$509,%/,0,7

'1セント,1+セント2))セント9

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

9

0,10$; 99

Speech

ACT / INH

S e l e c t s t h e s w i t c h 

that turns the speech 

function on and off.

+ - or

+ or -

ON

2 Position 3 Position

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF
70Common function

When connected as shown in the figure, the drive battery voltage is displayed at the transmitter.

When connected as shown in the figure, the voltage of the drive battery in the aircraft and another 

power supply battery can be displayed at the T10J.

● CA-RVIN-700 (external voltage input connector sold separately) is necessary.

● Soldered wiring work is necessary.

7(/(0(75<

5(&(,9(5



5(&(,9(5

(;792/7



5;%$77

Display

● EXT-Voltage display

EXT-VOLT

EXT-Voltage display

3RZHU%DWWHU\RU

DQRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\

IRUVHUYRV

ZLWKH[WHUQDOSRZHU

LQSXWPXVWEHOHVVWKDQ9 7R0RWRU&RQWUROOHU

RU6HUYR

%UDQFK

%ODFNOLQH )XVH

5HGOLQH

([WUD9ROWDJH

3RUW

56%

&$59,1

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

"TELEMETRY"
71Common function

In the initial state, the EXT-voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed at the transmitter. 

(Value until reset)

1 S e l e c t "EXT-VOLT" f r o m t h e 

telemetry screen with the Jog key.

2 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select 

(MIN/MAX) from the menu with the 

Jog key.

2 Date reset by pressing the 

Jog key for 1 second.

● A confirmation "beep" 

sounds is complete.

Calling the setting screen

MIN/MAX reset

● EXT-Voltage MIN/MAX

(;792/7

$/$509,%/,0,7

'1セント,1+セント2))セント9

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

9

0,10$; 99

EXT-Voltage MIN EXT-Voltage MAX

EXT-Voltage display
72Common function

This setting will sound an alarm when the EXT-voltage drops dangerously low. VIB (vibration) that 

vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set.

Method

1 S e l e c t "EXT-VOLT" f r o m t h e 

telemetry screen with the Jog key.

2 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select 

(ALARM) from the menu with the 

Jog key.

2 Select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select 

(LIMIT) from the menu with the Jog 

key.

2 Select the voltage by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key. Selection range:

0.0V ~ 70.0V

● When you want to set 5.0V, press the 

+ key and ‒ key simultaneously.

1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select 

(VIB) from the menu with the Jog 

key.

2 Select the "TYP1 ~ TYP3" by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Calling the setting screen

Alarm set

Alarm voltage set 

Vibration set

● EXT-Voltage alarm set up

(;792/7

$/$509,%/,0,7

'1セント,1+セント2))セント9

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

9

0,10$; 99

+ - or

+ or -

+ or -

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

TYPE 3

"VIB" types

If the following types are selected, the 

transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

DN (down) shows than an 

alarm is generated when 

the voltage drops below 

the set voltage.
73Common function

(;792/7

$/$509,%/,0,7

'1セント,1+セント2))セント9

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

9

0,10$; 99

The EXT- voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5mm 

plug). The speech function can be turned on and off with the specified switch.

Method

1 S e l e c t "EXT-VOLT" f r o m t h e 

telemetry screen with the Jog key.

2 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select 

(SPEECH) from the menu with the 

Jog key.

2 Select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select 

(SW) from the menu with the Jog 

key.

In "NULL", a speech always turns on.

2 Select the switch by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key. Selection range:

NULL, SWA ~ SWH

Calling the setting screen

Speech

Switch set

● Listening to the EXT-voltage by speech.

Speech ON/OFF Switch 

selection

+ - or

+ or -

ON

2 Position 3 Position

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

Speech

ACT / INH
74Common function

Various telemetry sensors (sold separately) are connectable to the S.BUS2 port of the R3008SB through 

a 3-way hub and relay terminals. The information of sensors connected at initialization can be viewed as 

long as 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are not used (for example, 2 temperature sensors).

● Sensors that can be used with the T10J: Futaba SBS-01T, SBS-01RM, SBS-01RO, SBS-01A, SBS-01V, SBS-01G

● Robbe sensors that can be used with the T10J: Robbe TEMP125, GPS-1675, VARIO-1712, VARIO-1672, CURR-1678

 *Futaba does not sell Robbe sensor.

Sensor information can be viewed by calling telemetry from the menu and calling the connected 

sensor display page. The detailed setting screen of that sensor can be called by selecting and 

pressing the sensor you want to select with the Jog key.

● Refer to the receiver battery (RX-BATT) item for a description of key operation.

Various telemetry sensors (optional) information display and alarm setting 

Method

Sensor Connection

7(/(0(75<

5(&(,9(5



5(&(,9(5

(;792/7



5;%$77

6%67



7(03

6%6502

USP

530

7(/(0(75<

5(&(,9(5



5(&(,9(5

(;792/7



5;%$77

6%67



7(03

6%6502

USP

530

1 Select "TELEMETRY" from the 

menu with the Jog key.

2 The sensor item of your choice 

is chosen by Jog key, and Jog 

key is pressed.

Sensor set up

+8%

+8%

+8%


5HIHUWRWKHPDQXDORIHDFKVHQVRUIRUWKH

PRXQWLQJLQVWUXFWLRQWRWKHPRGHORIVHQVRU *366HQVRU

9ROWDJH6HQVRU

$OWLWXGH6HQVRU

HQVRU6كPDJQHWق530

HQVRU6كRSWLFVق530

7(036HQVRU

6%67

6%6$

6%69

6%6*

6%650

6%652

6%86

&RQQHFWRU
75Common function

TEMP : Display of SBS-01T(Option), and alarm setup

7(03

$/$509,%/,0,7

83セント,1+セント2))セント岜٦

'1セント,1+セント2))セント٦

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

٦

0,10$; ٦٦

ON

2 Position 3 Position

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

TEMP is a screen which displays/sets up 

the temperature information from an optional 

temperature sensor. 

The temperature of the model (engine, motor, 

EDWWHU\HWFZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG

,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ

alarm and/or vibration will alert you.

● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY 

UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

ŏ6HOHFW>7(03@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV

WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SUHVV WKH-RJ

NH\ ŏ7HPSHUDWXUH

ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQGWKHPLQLPXP

ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ

ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset 

by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

ŏ'1ZLOOVKRZWKDWDQ

DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ

W K H  W H P S H U D W X U H

GURSVEHORZ WKH VHW

YDOXH

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H

WHPSHUDWXUH WKURXJKDQ

HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\

DFWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFK

IXQFWLRQ

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ 83ZLOO VKRZ WKDWDQ

DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ

WKHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHV

DERYHWKHVHWYDOXH

Alert set : Hot warning 

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH°C

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH°C a°C

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

$OHUWVHW/RZWHPSHUDWXUHZDUQLQJ

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH°C

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH°C a°C

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

TYPE 3

"VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the 

transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

*A temperature sensor must be installed in the aircraft.
76Common function

R.P.M : Display of SBS-01RM/RO(Option), and alarm setup

ON

2 Position 3 Position

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

530

$/$509,%/,0,7

83セント,1+セント2))セント

'1セント,1+セント2))セント

7<3(セント237),1セント

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

USP

0$; USP

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H

530 GD WD WK URXJK DQ

HD USKRQH R U KHDGVHW

E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK

IXQFWLRQ

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

TYPE 3

"VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the 

transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

RPM is a screen which displays / sets up the 

RPM information from an optional RPM sensor. 

The RPM of the model (engine, motor, etc.) 

ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHVKRZQ

,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ

alarm and/or vibration will alert you. 

ŏ6HOHFW >530@LQ WKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQ

DQGDFFHVV WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ

EHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ ŏ530

ŏ 7 K H  P D [ L P X P  Z K H Q

SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ

ŏ0$*0$*1(7,&RU237

237,&$/LVVHWDFFRUGLQJ

WRWKHVHQVRU\RXXVH

6%6500$*1(7,&

6%652237,&$/

ŏ'1,QGLFDWHVWKDWWKH

DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ

WKH 530 IDOOV EHORZ

WKHVHWYDOXH

ŏ83,QGLFDWHV WKDW WKH

DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ

WKH 530 ULVHV DERYH

WKHVHWYDOXH

$OHUWVHW2YHUURWDWLRQV

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

Alert set : Under rotations

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

ŏ,Q 0$*1(7,& WKH JHDU UDWLR

RI \RXUHQJLQH PRWRU \RXDUH

XVLQJLVHQWHUHG

ŏ,Q 237,&$/  WKH QXPEH U R I

EODGHV),1RIWKHSURSHOOHUUR

WRU\RXUPRGHOLVHQWHUHG

*A RPM sensor must be installed in the aircraft.

ŏ0D[LPXP dat e r e s e t b y 

pressing the Jog key for 1 

second.
77Common function

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H

$OWLWXGHGDWDWKURXJKDQ

HD USKRQH R U KHDGVHW

E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK

IXQFWLRQ

$/7,78'(

$/$509,%/,0,7

83セント,1+セント2))セント岜

'1セント,1+セント2))セント

5()(5(1&(セント(;(&

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

P

0,10$; 

$/7,78'(LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXS

the altitude information from an optional altitude 

sensor or GPS sensor. The altitude of the model 

ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHNQRZQ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHU

(low) than preset altitude, you can be told by alarm. 

To show warning by vibration can also be chosen. 

Data when a power supply is turned on shall be 0 

m, and it displays the altitude which changed from 

there. Even if the altitude of an airfield is high, 

that shall be 0 m and the altitude difference from 

DQDLU¿HOGLVGLVSOD\HG7KLVVHQVRUFDOFXODWHVWKH

altitude from atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric 

pressure will get lower as you go up in altitude, 

using this the sensor will estimate the altitude. 

Please understand that an exact advanced display 

cannot be performed if atmospheric pressure 

changes in a weather situation.

● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY 

UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

ŏ6HOHFW >$/7,78'(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV

WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\

ŏ$OWLWXGH

ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQG WKHPLQLPXP

ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ

ŏ  ' 1  L QG L FD W H V W K H

DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ

WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHV

EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH

ŏ  8 3  L Q G L F D W H V  W K H

DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ

WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHV

DERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH

)LUVWWKHVHWRIDUHIHUHQFHLVUHTXLUHG

7KHPRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKH

DOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5()(5(1&(@RI(;(&

LWHP

3UHVVWKH-RJNH\VRUPRUHSUHVV

*Atmospheric pressure is changed according to the weather also 

DWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKW

Alert set : High side

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXHP

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

Alert set : Low side

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXHP

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.

ALTITUDE : Display of SBS-01A / SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup

ON

2 Position 3 Position

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

TYPE 3

"VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the 

transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPGDWH UHVHW

E\SUHVVLQJWKHJog keyIRUVHFRQG
78Common function

9$5,2

$/$509,%/,0,7

83セント,1+セント2))セント岜

'1セント,1+セント2))セント

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

PV

0,10$; 

9$5,2LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXSWKH

variometer information from an optional altitude 

sensor or GPS sensor. 

7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ

be known.

,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ

alarm and/or vibration will alert you.

● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY 

UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

ŏ6HOHFW>9$5,2@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH

VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\

ŏ  ' 1  L QG L FD W H V W K H

DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ

W K H  Y D U L R  U H D F K H V

EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH

ŏ83LQGLFDWHVWKHDODUP

Z L O O V WD U W Z KH Q W KH

YDULR UHDFKHV DERYH

\RXUVHWYDOXH

Alert set : Rise side

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXHPV

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPV

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

Alert set : Low side

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXHPV

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPV

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

*An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.

ŏ9DULRPHWHU

VARIO : Display of SBS-01A / SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup

ON

2 Position 3 Position

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

TYPE 3

"VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the 

transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H

9DULR GDWD WKURXJK DQ

HD USKRQH R U KHDGVHW

E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK

IXQFWLRQ

ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP

ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ

ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset by 

pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
79Common function

The Distance screen displays and sets altitude 

data from an SBS-01G GPS Sensor (sold 

separately), and allows the distance to the airborne 

aircraft to be read by the transmitter. When the 

aircraft flies inside or outside the set distance an 

alarm and vibration alerts the pilot.

● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY 

UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

',67$1&( 

$/$509,%/,0,7

83セント,1+セント2))セントP

'1セント,1+セント2))セントP

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

5()(5(1&(セント(;(&

P

0$; P

*

*Positioning time of GPS

A short time is required until the positioning of the GPS 

is established. In the meantime, don't move the model 

during this process. Wait until the GPS sensor's LED turns 

solid green. If it is blinking green it is still acquiring the

satellites signals.

ŏ6HOHFW >',67$1&(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV

WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\

ŏ&XUUHQWGLVWDQFH

ŏ 7 K L V  L Q G L F D W H V  0 D [ L P X P

'LVWDQFHWKHDLUFUDIWÁHZWR

ŏ7KH '1 DQ DODUP LV

JHQHUDWHGZKHQ WKH

GLVWDQFHGURSVEHORZ

WKHVHWYDOXH

ŏ7KH 83 DQ DODUP LV

J H Q H U D W H G  Z K H Q

W K H  V H W  Y D O X H  L V

H[FHHGHG

6HWWLQJWKHUHIHUHQFHSRVLWLRQ

7XUQRQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHUDQG WKHPRGHOZLWK

WKH*36VHQVRULQVWDOOHGLQLW

:DLW IRU WKH *36 DFFXUDF\ LQGLFDWRU WR

GLVSOD\WKUHHEDUV

0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR5()(5(1&( >(;(&@DQG

SUHVV WKH-RJNH\VRUPRUHSUHVV   7KH

PRGHOVFXUUHQWSRVLWLRQLVQRZVWRUHGDQGWKH

GLVWDQFHLVVHWWRP

*Now, the position of the present model was set to 0 m.

Setting a "too far" alert distance

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXHP

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

Setting a "too close" alert distance.

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXHP

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHV WKH UHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\ IURPD*36VDWHOOLWH:KHQ

WKUHH EDUV DUH GLVSOD\HG WKH*36 LV UHDG\ IRU XVH  3XVKLQJ

>5()(5(1&(@VHWVWKHFXUUHQWDLUFUDIWSRVLWLRQDVWKHVWDUWLQJSRLQW

*An GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.

DISTANCE : Display of SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup

ON

2 Position 3 Position

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

TYPE 3

"VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the 

transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H

'LVWDQFH GDWD WKURXJK

DQHDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHW

E\$FWLYDWLQJ WKH6SHHFK

IXQFWLRQ

ŏ 0 D [ L P X P  G D W H  U H V H W  E \

SUHVVLQJ WKH Jog key IR U 

VHFRQG
80Common function

',67$1&( 

02'(セント685)$&(

326,7,21

1 b岜岜

( b岜岜

*

● 2nd page of [DISTANCE]

ŏ-RJNH\SUHVVDVLGHPDGHSDJH

ŏ&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQGLVSOD\

11RUWKODWLWXGH((DVWORQJLWXGH

66RXWKODWLWXGH::HVWORQJLWXGH

SURFACE

Altitude SLANT

ŏ $ O W L W X G H  F D O F X O D W H G

DVHLWKHUVWUDLJKW O LQH

GLVWDQFH VODQWRU VXUIDFH

GLVWDQFH RQ DPDS FDQ

DOVREHVHOHFWHG

7ZRGLVWDQFHFDOFXODWLRQPHWKRGVDUHDYDLODEOH

6XUIDFHVWUDLJKWOLQHGLVWDQFHDQG6ODQWPD\

EHVHOHFWHG

6HOHFWSDJHE\-RJNH\SUHVVVLGHIURPWKH

',67$1&(VFUHHQ

6HOHFW6/$17!685)$&(!QH[W WR 02'(

SUHVVWKHNH\

ŏ6HOHFW >',67$1&(@LQ WKH7(/(0(75< VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV

WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\
81Common function

63(('

$/$509,%/,0,7

83セント,1+セント2))セント岜

'1セント,1+セント2))セント

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

NPK

0$; NPK

ڼ

*Speed alarm precaution

Since the GPS speed sensor displays the ground speed, it cannot be used as a stall alarm. For 

example, an aircraft that stalls at 50km/h will stall if the tailwind is 5km/h or greater even through 

55km/h is displayed by ground speed. In addition, with an aircraft that will disintegrate in 

midflight at 400km/h at an over-speed alarm, when the headwind reaches 30km/h the airplane will 

disintegrate in midair due to over speeding even at a ground speed of 370km/h.

The speed screen displays and sets the speed data 

from an SBS-01G (GPS sensor) sold separately.

The speed of the aircraft during flight can be 

displayed.

After flight, the maximum speed during flight 

can be viewed. Because this speed is based on 

position data from a GPS satellite, the ground speed 

is displayed instead of air speed. Consequently, 

with a head wind, the displayed speed decreases 

*Positioning time of GPS

A short time is required until the positioning of the GPS 

is established. In the meantime, don't move the model 

during this process. Wait until the GPS sensor's LED turns 

solid green. If it is blinking green it is still acquiring the

satellites signals.

ŏ6HOHFW >63(('@ LQ WKH7(/(0(75< VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV WKH

VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\

ŏ&XUUHQWVSHHG

ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHV0D[LPXPVSHHGWKH

DLUFUDIWÁHZWR

ŏ7KH'1WKDWDQDODUP

LV JHQH UD WHG ZKHQ

W K H  V S H H G  G U R S V

EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

ŏ7KH83WKDWDQDODUP

LV JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ

W K H  V H W  Y D O X H  L V

H[FHHGHG

$OHUWVHWWLQJZKHQVSHHGLQFUHDVHV

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXHNPK

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaNPK

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

$OHUWVHWWLQJZKHQVSHHGGHFUHDVHV

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXHNPK

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaNPK

83/,0,7≧'1/,0,7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

*This alarm is started once a model becomes more than setting 

speed.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHV WKH UHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\ IURPD*36VDWHOOLWH:KHQ

WKUHHEDUVDUHGLVSOD\HG WKH*36LV UHDG\ IRUXVH6SHHGLVQRW

GLVSOD\HGZKHQUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\LVEDG

*An GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft.

SPEED : Display of SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup

ON

2 Position 3 Position

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

TYPE 3

"VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the 

transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

and with a tail wind, the displayed speed increases.

● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY 

UNIT" of "PARAMETER".

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H

6SHHG GDWD WKURXJK DQ

HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\

$F WLYD WLQJ WKH 6SHHFK

IXQFWLRQ

ŏ0D[LPXPGDWH UHVHWE\SUHVVLQJ

WKHJog keyIRUVHFRQG
82Common function

ŏ%DWWHU\YROWDJH

ŏ(;7YROWDJH

*SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft.

BATTERY / EXT-VOLT: Display of SBS-01V(Option), and alarm setup

%$77(5<

$/$509,%/,0,7

'1セント,1+セント2))セント9

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

9

0,10$; 99

(;792/7

$/$509,%/,0,7

'1セント,1+セント2))セント9

63((&+セント,1+6:セント18//

9

0,10$; 99

ON

2 Position 3 Position

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

2 Position 3 Position

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

,QWKLVVFUHHQWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHLVGLVSOD\HG

,Q RUGHUWR XVHWKLV IXQFWLRQLWLV QHFHVVDU\WR

connect of R3008SB ⇔ SBS-01V ⇔ Battery 

SBS-01V measures two batteries. The drive 

battery connected to two lines is displayed on EXTVOLT. The battery for receivers connected to 3P 

lines is displayed here. 

ŏ6HOHFW >%$77(5<@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG

DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH

-RJNH\

ŏ6HOHFW >(;792/7@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQDQG

DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH

-RJNH\

ŏ'1ZLOO VKRZ WKDWDQ

DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ

WKH (;7 92/7 G URSV

EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

ŏ'1ZLOO VKRZ WKDWDQ

DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ

WKH (;7 92/7 G URSV

EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

ŏ<RX FDQ KHD U WKH %D W WH U\

GDWD WKURXJKDQHDUSKRQHRU

KHDGVHW  E\ $FWLYDWLQJ WKH

6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ

ŏ<RX FDQ KHDU WKH ([WUD

9ROWDJHGDWD WKURXJKDQ

HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\

$F WLYD WLQJ WKH 6SHHFK

IXQFWLRQ

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

$OHUWVHW/RZWHPSHUDWXUHZDUQLQJ

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP

6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP

$MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\

 ,QLWLDOYDOXH9

$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa9%$77(5<

 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa9(;792/7

*When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the 

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH

RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

TYPE 3

"VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the 

transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

TYPE 3

"VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the 

transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQG WKHPLQLPXP

ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ

ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset 

by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQG WKHPLQLPXP

ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ

ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPdate reset 

by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.
83Common function

Function

SENSOR Sensor Slot (Common)

This screen registers the telemetry sensors used 

with the transmitter. When only one of a certain 

type of sensor is used, this setting is unnecessary 

and the sensor can be used by simply connecting it 

to the S.BUS2 port of the transmitter.

When using 2 or more of the same kind of 

sensor, they must be registered here. 

[What is a slot?]

6HUYRVDUHFODVVL¿HGE\&+EXWsensorsDUHFODVVL¿HGLQXQLWVFDOOHG"slot". There are slots

from No. 1 to No. 31.

$OWLWXGHVHQVRUV*36VHQVRUV and other data sensor units may use PXOWLSOHVORWV.

Using a sensor which uses two or more slots, the required number of slots is automatically 

assigned by setting up a start slot.

When 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are used, the sensors themselves must allocate 

unused slots and memorize that slot.

Sensor The required 

number of slots The number which can be used as a start slot Selling area

TEMP(SBS-01T) 1 slot 1 ~ 31

Global

RPM(SBS01RM,SBS01RO) 1 slot 1 ~ 31

Voltage(SBS-01V) 2 slot 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20

,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30

Altitude(SBS-01A) 3 slot 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,24

,25,26,27,28,29

GPS(SBS-01G) 8 slot 8,16,24

TEMP125-F1713 1 slot 1 ~ 31

Europe

VARIO-F1712 2 slot 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20

,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30

VARIO-F1672 2 slot 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20

,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30

CURR-F1678 3 slot 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,24

,25,26,27,28,29

GPS-F1675 8 slot 8,16,24

< Assignable slot > *Altimeter, GPS, and other sensors that display a large amount of data require multiple slots.

*Depending on the type of sensor, the slot numbers that can be allocated may be limited.

● The "SENSOR" of a menu is chosen, and Jog key

press.

● Slot number

● 3 slots SBS-01A is 

used.

● 8 slots SBS-01G is used.

● SensorID:When multiple sensors of the same type are 

not used, ID is unnecessary.

● Jog key presses side and makes it 2 pages.

6(16256/27

セント6%67






セント6%6$






6%6$

6%6$

セント6%69






セント6%6502






6(16256/27

6%69

6%6*

6%6*

6%6*

6%6*

セント6%6*





84Common function

6(16256/27

セント6%67






セント6%6$






6%6$

6%6$

セント6%69






セント6%6502






7KLVIXQFWLRQUHJLVWHUVDQDGGLWLRQDOVHQVRU&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDQGUHJLVWHULWE\

WKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUH7KHVHQVRU,'LVUHJLVWHUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU

Method

● REGISTER(When using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type.)

Sensor connect

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

6(16256/27

,1+%,7

セント5(*,67(5

セント6(166/27

セント,1,7,$/,=(

セント$//&/($5

1 "REGISTER" in SENSOR SLOT page 

6 is chosen by Jog key.

2 Press the Jog key for 1 second. 3 Press the Jog key.

● A confirmation "beep" 

sounds when complete.

Sensor register

● "COMU-ERROR" : When the number of slots 

needed in registration is insufficient, an error is 

displayed and registration cannot be performed. 

Hub

T10J

Receiver battery

Connect a sensor to add

Sensor

"SENSOR"

Calling the setting screen

● Confirmation message 

"sure?" blinks.

4 Jog key presses side 

and makes it 6pages.

Left 1-time 

press 

or

Right 10-

time press
85Common function

This procedure changes the slot number of one registered sensor.

● SENS SLOT

Sensor connection

Hub

T10J

Receiver battery

Connect a sensor to add

Sensor

1 "SENS SLOT" in SENSOR SLOT page 

6 is chosen by Jog key.

2 Jog key press.

Calling the setting screen

6(16256/276(77,1*

5($'

岜岜岜ڀٮٮ 67$576/27

ٮٮ 7+*1)6/27/

ٮٮٮٮٮ ',

7<3( 岜岜岜岜ٕٕٕٕ

● Once the sensor is read correctly, the Sensor 

ID will be displayed

● READ is chosen and Jog 

key is pressed → "sure?"

→ Jog key is pressed.

● Number is chosen, Input a 

number by the + key or -

key. 

● "COMU-ERROR" when 

reading goes wrong.

*Referred to

< Assignable slot >
86Common function

This function returns the slot setting and alarm setting of each sensor to their initial value (shipped state). 

Various sensors can be used one by one.

*The slot number memorized at each sensor cannot be initialized.

● INITIALIZE

6(16256/27

セント6%67






セント6%6$






6%6$

6%6$

セント6%69






セント6%6502






1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

6(16256/27

,1+%,7

セント5(*,67(5

セント6(166/27

セント,1,7,$/,=(

セント$//&/($5

4 Jog key presses side and makes 

it 6 pages

"SENSOR"

Calling the setting screen

1 "INITIALIZE" in SENSOR SLOT page 

6 is chosen by Jog key.

2 Press the Jog key for 1 second. 3 Press the Jog key.

● The initialization is done 

when "COMPLETE" is 

shown. 

Initialize

● Confirmation message 

"sure?" blinks.

Left 1-time 

press 

or

Right 10-

time press
87Common function

7KLVIXQFWLRQVHWVDOOWKHVORWVWR,1+6HQVRUVFDQQRWEHXVHGHYHQLIFRQQHFWHGWRWKHUHFHLYHU$OOWKH

alarm settings of each sensor are also cleared.

*The slot number memorized at each sensor is not initialized.

● ALL CLEAR

6(16256/27

セント6%67






セント6%6$






6%6$

6%6$

セント6%69






セント6%6502






1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

6(16256/27

,1+%,7

セント5(*,67(5

セント6(166/27

セント,1,7,$/,=(

セント$//&/($5

from the menu with the 

Jog key.

4 Jog key presses side and makes 

it 6 pages

Left 1-time 

press 

or

Right 10-

time press

"SENSOR"

Calling the setting screen

1 "ALL CLEAR" in SENSOR SLOT page 

6 is chosen by Jog key.

2 Press the Jog key for 1 second. 3 Press the Jog key.

● The clearing is done 

when "COMPLETE" is 

shown. 

All clear

● Confirmation message 

"sure?" blinks.
88Common function

$VORWQXPEHUFDQEHDVVLJQHGZLWKRXWFRQQHFWLQJWKHVHQVRUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU ,QDPDQXDOVHWLWLV

required to store a start slot number in a sensor.

● Manually assigning a sensor slot number

6(16256/27

セント6%67






セント6%6$






6%6$

6%6$

セント6%69






セント6%6502






1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

6(16256/27

6%6*

6%6*

,1+,%,7

,1+,%,7

,1+,%,7

6%6*

from the menu with the 

Jog key.

4 Jog key is pressed in a side and it 

searches for an empty slot. (INHIBIT).

"SENSOR"

Calling the setting screen

1 When an INHIBIT slot is selected 

and the Jog key is pressed, a list 

of sensors that can be assigned to 

that slot is displayed.

*Refer to the <Assignable slots>

table.

2 Select the sensor you want to 

assign and press the Jog key.

3 Press the END key.

Assignment of slot

END
89Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

5 "READ" is chosen by Jog key, Press 

the Jog key for 1 second.

6 READ is completed and 

the item in which data of 

S.BUS servo and a setup 

are possible is displayed.

* "COMU-ERROR" :

It is failure of READ. Check a 

servo and connection. 

7 S.BUS servo is set up.

8 "WRITE" is chosen and Jog key

is pressed for 1 second.

T h e w r i t i n g i s d o n e w h e n 

"COMPLETE" is shown. 

S.BUS Servo setting

SBUS LINK S.BUS servo link (Common)

An S.BUS servo can memorize the channel and 

various settings you input. Servo setting can be 

performed on the T10J screen by wiring the servo 

DVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH

* With some S.BUS(2) servos, there are some functions with 

FDQQRW EH XVHG ,ID IXQFWLRQFDQQRW EH XVHGWKH GLVSOD\

screen will change. (Only the function which can be used by 

a servo is displayed.)


$IWHUUHDGLQJFRPSOHWLRQZLWKFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHDERYH¿JXUH

if a stick is moved, the test of operation of the servo can be 

operated and carried out.

"SBUS LINK"

S.BUS/

S.BUS2 Servo

HUB

T10J

Receiver battery 

6%866;

3/($6('2127<(7

&211(&7$6(592

02'(,1

6%866;

12/,1.

5($'

Next page S.BUS servo function 

● 'RQ
WFRQQHFWDVHUYRXQWLO

"MODE IN".

Ŷ2WKHUZLVHDVHUYRZLOOYLEUDWHDQG

EUHDNGRZQ

CAUTION

4 Press the Jog key

for 1 second.

5 Connect a S.BUS servo to set up.

(1 second)
90Common function

S.BUS Servo Description of function of each parameter

*There are a function which can be used according to the kind of servo, and an impossible function. 

• ID

Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. It cannot be changed.

• Channel

Channel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assign a channel before use.

• Reverse

The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed.

• Servo type

When "Retractable" is selected and the servo has been continuously stopped for 30 seconds, the dead 

band expands and unnecessary hold current due to external force is eliminated. When a new control 

signal enters, normal operation is resumed. When using the servo as a landing gear servo, select 

"Retractable". Also adjust the servo travel to match the landing gear movement range.

• Soft Start

Restricts operation in the specified direction the instant the power is turned on. By using this setting, the 

first initial movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to the specified position.

• Stop Mode 

The state of the servo when the servo input signal is lost can be specified. The "Hold" mode setting holds 

the servo in its last commanded position even if using AM or FM system.

• Smoother

This function changes smoothness of the servo operation relative to stick movement changes. Smooth 

setting is used for normal flight. Select the "OFF" mode when quick operation is necessary such as 3D.

• Neutral Offset

The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral offset is large value, the servo's range of travel is 

restricted on one side.

• Speed Control

Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The speed of multiple servos can be matched 

without being affected by motor fluctuations. This is effective for load torques below the maximum 

torque.

However, note that the maximum speed will not be exceed what the servo is capable of even if the 

servos operating voltage is increased. 

• Dead band

The dead band angle at stopping can be specified.

[Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation]

Small ĺ Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal change.

Large ĺ Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at small signal changes.

(Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate continuously and the current 

consumption will increase and the life of the servo will be shortened.

• Travel Adjust

The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently.

• Boost

The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Since a small 

travel does not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded. The motor can be 

immediately started by adjusting the minimum current which can start the motor.

[Relationship between boost set value and servo operation]

Small ĺ Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth.

Large ĺ Initial response improves and output torque increases. However, if the torque is too large, 

operation will become rough.
91Common function

• Boost ON/OFF

OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation.(In the case of usual)

ON : It is always the boost ON.(When quick operation is hope)

• Damper

The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set.

When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic becomes an overshoot characteristic. If the 

value is larger than the standard value, the brake is applied before the stop position.

Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc. are suppressed by inertia and hunting may occur, 

depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo to oscillate) occurs even 

though the Dead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are suitable, adjust this parameter to a 

value larger than the initial value.

[Relationship between damper set value and servo operation]

Small ĺ When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur.

Large ĺ When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. However, it will feel like the servo 

response has worsened.

(Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consumption increase, but the life of the 

servo will also be shortened.

• Stretcher

The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which attempts to return the servo to the target 

position when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be adjusted.

This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding characteristic changes as shown below.

[Relationship between stretcher and servo operation]

Small ĺ Servo holding force becomes weaker.

Large ĺ Servo holding force becomes stronger.

(Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increases.

• Buzzer

When the power supply of a servo is previously turned on at the time of a power supply injection without 

taking transmit of a transmitter, the buzzer sound of about 2.5 Hz continues sounding from a servo. 

(Even when the transmit of a transmitter is taken out previously, a buzzer becomes until the signal of a 

servo is outputted normally, but it is not unusual.) 

The transmitter has been turned OFF ahead of a servo power supply → The buzzer sound of about 1.25 

Hz continues sounding as servo power supply end failure alarm.

(Do not insert or remove the servo connector while the receiver power is ON. A buzzer may 

sound by incorrect recognition.) 

*Buzzer sound is generated by vibrating the motor of a servo. 

Since current is consumed and a servo generates heat, please do not operate the number more than 

needed or do not continue sounding a buzzer for a long time. 
92Common function

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

Transmission of model data is possible with 

T10J transmitters. Data transfer is performed by 

the radio. The MDL-TRANS function works with 

the current model you are using in the transmitter. 

As for the receiving transmitter, any data on the 

current model that is receiving the information will 

be over-written.

"MDL-TRANS"

MDL-TRANS Model transfer (Common)

● MDL-TRANS between two T10J radios should be performed within 2-meter range.

1 In each T10J, the + or - key is pressed and it is 

made "TRANSFER" and "RECEIVE".

+ - or

● "TRANSFER":T10J of data origin

 "RECEIVE":T10J which receives data

Selection range:TRANSFER, RECEIVE

2 Select "Execute" with the Jog key.

3 Hold down the Jog key [ each T10J ].

 (1 second )

)

● "COMPLETE" is displayed and the mode 

transfer is finished.

Model transfer

● If data is not being transmitted, the receiving transmitter 

returns to normal operation 10 seconds after execution. At 

this time, "Failure" (not transmitting) is displayed.

● From T8J to T10J, data transfer is possible. In that case, TYPE 

of T10J on the "RECEIVER" side is changed into "T8J" by +-

key. However, data cannot be sent to T8J from T10J.

$OZD\V FKHFN VHUYR GLUHFWLRQ SULRU WR HYHU\

IOLJKW DV DQ DGGLWLRQDO SUHFDXWLRQ WR FRQILUP

SURSHUPRGHOGDWHKRRNXSVDQGUDGLRIXQFWLRQ

NOTE: MDL-TRANS between two T10J radios should 

be performed within a 2-meter range.

CAUTION

0'/75$16

MODE:

TRANSFER(T10J of data 

origin )/

RECEIVE( T 1 0 J w h i c h 

receives data)

Execution of transmission/

reception

*T10J does not carry out normal operation during data transfer.
93Common function

Function

6LQFHWKHFKDQQHODQGRSHUDWLRQPRGHXVHGLQWUDLQLQJFDQEHVHOHFWHGWKHWUDLQLQJGLI¿FXOW\FDQEHVHW

to match the student’s level. 

The trainer function can be used by connecting the instructor’s transmitter to the student’s transmitter 

XVLQJDVSHFLDOWUDLQHUFRUGVROGVHSDUDWHO\6WXGHQWRSHUDWLRQLVSRVVLEOHE\LQVWUXFWRUVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQ,I

the student enters a dangerous situation, control can be immediately switched to the instructor.

● Four operation modes can be selected at each channel.

● The trainer switch is set to switch H.

When the trainer function is used, the snap roll function is automatically 

deactivated.

 Use the trainer function under the following conditions: 

● When the instructor uses a T10J transmitter, set the studentʼ s transmitter modulation to PPM (for 

conventional frequency transmitter). (When the student uses a T10J transmitter, the modulation 

mode does not have to be changed. A PPM signal is always output from the trainer jack.)

● Before flight always confirm that all the instructor and student channels operate normally as set.

● Always insert the trainer cord as far as it will go and take measures so that the cord will not work 

loose during use.

● Always remove the high frequency module of the studentʼ s transmitter. (For module type)

● Never turn on the studentʼ s transmitter power switch.

Trainer function operation modes

● FNC mode: The channel set to this mode can be controlled by the student using the mixing set at the 

instructorʼ s transmitter. (Student settings are returned to their initial value in advance.)

● MIX mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by mixing the instructor and student signals. 

Correction rudder is applied by the instructor. When this mode is selected, the studentʼ s rate is 

reduced to prevent servo overthrow. The studentʼ s rate can also be set. (The studentʼ s settings are 

returned to their initial value in advance.)

● NOR mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by signals from the studentʼ s transmitter. (The 

instructor and student settings must be the same.)

● OFF mode: The channel set to this mode cannot be controlled by the student. It can only be controlled 

by the instructor.

However, channels not provided at the studentʼ s transmitter are controlled by the instructor regardless of the above 

settings.

When other models are selected, the trainer function is deactivated, but the channel settings remain.

Example of use

● When the FUNC mode is set at the stick channel, helicopter stick operation training is possible even 

with a 4EX transmitter (4 channels for aircraft).

● Control by the instructor is possible by setting only the training channel matched to the studentʼ s 

level to the NORM mode and setting the other channels to the OFF mode.

TRAINER Trainer (Common)

Teacher

Trainer code

Student

Instructor Student Trainer Cords

10J

10C, 9C, 7C, 6EX, 4EX T12FG (FUTM4405)

18MZ,14MZ, 14SG, 

FX-22, 12Z, 12FG, 

8FG, 10J, 8J, 6J T12FG (FUTM4405) and 9C 

(FUTM4415) Trainer Cords 18MZ,14MZ, 

14SG, FX-22, 12Z, 

12FG, 8FG, 10C, 

9C, 7C, 8J, 6J, 4EX

10J

◆ Trainer Cords

CAUTION
94Common function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + key 

for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

"TRAINER"

(Trainer function)

● Select the item with the 

Jog key.

Function activation

Channel Select ● Channel setting mode display

Select CH mode Display Rate by student(at MIX mode)

■ Function activation

+ - or

1 Select the "OFF" by 

pressing the + key 

or ‒ key.

● When you do not want to use the 

function select INH.

■ Mode setting

+ - or

2 The mode of the channel of hope 

is chosen by pressing the + key 

or ‒ key.

Selection range:OFF, 

NOR, FNC, MIX、

Default:OFF

(When MIX mode Select)

■ Student rate setting

+ - or

3 Jog key is pressed in a side 

and a channel is chosen, rate 

setting by pressing the + key 

or ‒ key.

Range:0 ~ 100%

Default:30%

Trainer function

75$,1(5

*CH9 and CH10 cannot use a trainer function. 

< ChannelDisplay >

ACROBATIC HELICOPTER GLIDER (AF2) MULTICOPTER

1: AIL(Aileron) 6: FLP(Flap) 1: AIL(Aileron) 6: PIT(PITCH) 1: AIL(Aileron) 6: FL2(Flap2) 1: AIL(Aileron) 6: AUX

2: ELE(Elevator) 7: AUX 2: ELE(Elevator) 7: AUX 2: ELE(Elevator) 7: AI2(Aileron2) 2: ELE(Elevator) 7: AUX

3: THR(Throttle)8: AUX 3: THR(Throttle) 8: AUX 3: MOT(Motor) 8: AUX 3: THR(Throttle)8: AUX

4: RUD(Rudder) 4: RUD(Rudder) 4: RUD(Rudder) 4: RUD(Rudder)

5: GER(Gear) 5: GYR(GYRO) 5: FLP(Flap) 5: MOD(Mode)

$8;

$8;
95Airplane

0(18岜岜岜岜

セント0'/6(/

セント0'/1$0(

セント)$,/6$)(

セント5(9(56(

セント7,0(5

セント6(592

セント(1'32,17

セント75,0

セント68%75,0

セント30,;

セント$8;&+$1

セント3$5$0(7(5

0(18岜岜岜岜 

セント7(/(0(75<

セント6(1625

セント6%86/,1.

セント0'/75$16

セント75$,1(5

セント$,/',))

'58ڀ$,/セント

セント97$,/

セント*<526(16

セント(/(921

セント$,/9$725

/'))1ڀ7+5セント

0(18岜岜岜岜  

セント'5(;32

セント)/$3(521

セント$,5%5.

)/)ڀ/$3(セント

/$3(ڀ)/)セント

セント)/$375,0

セント7+5&87

セント,'/('2:1

セント61$352//

セント7+5&859(

セント3,7&859(

セント7+5岜'(/$<

(1 second) END +

Airplane Function

MENU

● When the + key is pressed for 

1 second, the menu screen is 

displayed.

● When the END key i s 

pressed, the display returns 

to the home screen.

● F i r s t s e t t h e 

throttle to slow.

● Then turn on the 

power.

MENU

1/3

MENU

2/3

MENU

3/3

(Home screen)

Power ON

(Selection)

● M o v e t h e c u r s o r 

(highlighted) up and down 

and to the left and right 

with the Jog key and select 

the function.

The cursor can be moved 

over several pages.

(Calling the setting screen)

● Press the Jog key to open the 

setting screen.

To menu screen 

by holding down 

the + key

The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when 

the model type was set to airplane (ACROBATIC) is displayed here.

0(18岜岜岜岜   

セント0'/6(/

セント0'/1$0(

セント)$,/6$)(

セント5(9(56(

セント7,0(5

セント6(592

セント(1'32,17

セント75,0

セント68%75,0

セント30,;

セント$8;&+$1

セント3$5$0(7(5

MENU

1/3

セント7(/(0(75<

セント6(1625

セント6%86/,1.

セント0'/75$16

セント75$,1(5
96Airplane

MENU1/3

MDL-SEL (P.40)

Model select / Model Copy / Data 

reset / RX / Link

MDL-NAME (P.43)

Model name / User name

FAIL SAFE (P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE (P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER (P.48)

Timer

SERVO (P.49)

Servo monitor / Servo test

END POINT (P.50)

End point

TRIM (P.51)

Trim reset / Trim step

SUB TRIM (P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6 (P.53)

Program mixing 1 ~ 6

AUX-CHAN (P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER (P.58)

Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : 

mode, time, adjustment / Home 

display / Battery alarm / Battery 

vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog 

navi / Jog light / Jog time /

Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : 

language, volume / Stick position 

alarm 

■ Function

MENU2/3

TELEMETRY (P.66)

Telemetry Display / Alarm setup

SENSOR (P.83)

Telemetry sensor

SBUS LINK (P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS (P.92)

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

TRAINER (P.93)

Trainer

AIL-DIFF (P.97)

Aileron Differential

AIL → RUD (P.98)

Aileron → Rudder

V-TAIL (P.99)

V-Tail

GYRO SENS (P.100)

Gyro mixing

ELEVON (P.101)

Elevon

AILVATOR (P.102)

Ailvator

THR → NEEDL (P.103)

Throttle → Needle Mixing

MENU3/3

D/R, EXPO (P.104)

Dual rate / EXPO

FLAPERON (P.106)

Flaperon

AIR-BRK (P.108)

Air brake

FLAP → ELE (P.110)

Flap → Elevator mixing

ELE → FLAP (P.111)

Elevator → Flap mixing

FLAP TRIM (P.112)

Flap trim

THR.CUT (P.113)

Throttle cut

IDLE DOWN (P.115)

Idle down

SNAP ROLL (P.116)

Snap roll

THR-CURVE (P.117)

Throttle curve

PIT-CURVE (P.118)

PIT-curve

THR DELAY (P.119)

Throttle delay

MDL-SEL (P.40)

Model select / Model Copy / Data 

reset / RX / Link

MDL-NAME (P.43)

Model name / User name

FAIL SAFE (P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE (P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER (P.48)

Timer

SERVO (P.49)

Servo monitor / Servo test

END POINT (P.50)

End point

TRIM (P.51)

Trim reset / Trim step

SUB TRIM (P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6 (P.53)

Program mixing 1 ~ 6

AUX-CHAN (P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER (P.58)

Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : 

mode, time, adjustment / Home 

display / Battery alarm / Battery 

vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog

navi / Jog light / Jog time /

Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : 

language, volume / Stick position

alarm 

TELEMETRY (P.66)

Telemetry Display / Alarm setup

SENSOR (P.83)

Telemetry sensor

SBUS LINK (P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS (P.92)

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

TRAINER (P.93)

Trainer

key / LCD

●Jog key

●+ key ●- key

●END key

Refer to "Common Functions"

previously described for a 

description of this function. 
97Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

"AIL-DIFF"

AIL-DIFF Aileron differential (ACROBATIC)

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then 

select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a 

function, set to the "INH" 

side. 

■ Aileron rate

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE-AIL1" item and move 

the aileron stick to the left and right 

and adjust the travel of each servo by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-120 ~ +120%

Default:+100%

● When you want to return to the initial value, press the + key

and ‒ key simultaneously. However, when the polarity is 

changed only the number returns to the initial value.

(Adjust the "RATE-AIL2" item in the same way as 2 .)

Aileron Differential

NOTE:Aileron Differential cannot be used simultaneously with Flaperon or Elevon. If 

another function is already active, “Others WING mix “ON” is displayed on the screen. After 

setting the active function to “INH” , set the Aileron Differential function to “ACT” .

ACT/INH

Aileron1(CH1)rate

Aileron2(CH7)rate

● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e 

function cannot be used. To use 

the function, select ACT.

(Aileron)

L:Aileron stick Left side rate 

R:Aileron stick Right side rate 

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

CH1 CH7

The left and right aileron differential can be 

adjusted independently. This function is restricted 

to 2 servo aileron. 

$,/',))
98Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then select 

the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set 

to the "INH" side. 

■ Mixing rate

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and 

then adjust the mixing rate by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:+50%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

However, polarity does not return.

Aileron → Rudder Mixing

Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders 

with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft to 

bank at a steep angle.

ŏ:KHQ WKH OLQNDJH GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH

OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJ

WKHUDWHSRODULW\  

"AIL → RUD"

AIL → RUD Aileron → Rudder mixing (ACROBATIC)

 Activating the function

Mixing rate

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

'58 ڀ $,/
99Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

CH2 (CH4) CH4 (CH2)

V-tail

This mixing is used with V tail aircraft that 

combine the elevator and rudder functions.

"V-TAIL"

V-TAIL V-Tail (ACROBATIC)

NOTE:V Tail cannot be used simultaneously with 

Elevon or Ailevator. When another function is already 

activated, “Other WING mix “ON” ” is displayed on the 

screen. Set the V tail function to ACT after setting the 

active function to INH.

CH2 Servo CH4 Servo

Elevator ELE1 ELE2

Rudder RUD2 RUD1

Activating the function

ELE1 rate

ELE2 rate

RUD2 rate

RUD1 rate

● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e 

function cannot be used. To use 

the function, select ACT.

(Rate adjustment)

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then 

select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a 

function, set to the "INH" side. 

■ Rate adjustment

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust 

the mixing rate by pressing the + key or 

‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:+50%

(only ELE2 : -50%)

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not 

return.

NOTE:We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If 

the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and the servo travel range 

will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

V-TAIL

97$,/
100Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item 

and then select the 

"ON" by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Sensitivity switch selection

2 Select the "SW" item and then select the 

switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:SwA ~ SwH、Default:SwA

■ Sensitivity setting channel selection

+ - or

3 S e l e c t t h e 

"CH" item and 

t h e n s e l e c t 

the sensitivity 

setting channel by pressing the + key

or ‒ key.

Range:CH5、CH5/CH7、

CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8

Default:CH5

■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting

4 Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting 

screen you want to set and then set “type” (gyro type) 

and “rate” (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing 

the +key or ‒ key.

("type")Range:STD,GY Default:STD

("rate")Range:0 ~ 100%(STD), NOR100 ~ 0 ~

AVC100%(GY) Default:50%(STD), 0%(GY)

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

GYRO SENS

+ - or

This function is dedicated mixing for switching 

the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/

NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros. Up to 3 

axes can be set.

ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKH

VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRI WKH VZLWFKFDQEH

VHW 6ZLWFKHV$ WR+,I WKHDLUSODQH VWDOOVGXULQJ

IOLJKW WKH J\URZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V

DWWLWXGH ) URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW R I VD IHW\ ZH

UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHW

XVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFK

ŏ&+ &+&+ &+&+ R U &+&+&+

FRPELQDWLRQVFDQEH VHOHFWHGDV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\

VHWWLQJFKDQQHO

"GYRO SENS"

GYRO SENS Gyro sensor (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function

Gain Channel selection

Switch direction 

Gyrotype,

Gain rate

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

Sensitivity switch selection

(Current switch operating 

direction)

● S w i t c h e s t o t h e 

sensitivity setting 

screen of each switch 

direction when the 

Jog key is pressed.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. (Gyro type) (Gyro Gain)

● When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switches the gyro sensitivity setting 

item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

*<526(16
101 Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This mixing is used with delta wing, tailess, and disk shaped 

airplanes that combine the aileron and elevator functions. 

Connect the CH1 servo to the left aileron and the CH2 servo to the 

right aileron.

ŏ7KHDLOHURQDQGHOHYDWRUWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\

NOTE:Elevon cannot be used simultaneously with V-tail or Ailevator 

functions. You may use Flaperon or Differential when this function is active. 

If another function is already active, “Other WING mix “ON” is displayed 

on the screen. After setting the active function to “INH” , set the elevon 

function to “ACT” .

"ELEVON"

ELEVON Elevon (ACROBATIC)

CH1 servo CH2 servo

Roll AIL1 AIL2

Pitch ELE2 ELE1

Activating the function

Aileron1(CH1)rate

Aileron2(CH2)rate

Elevator2(CH1)rate

Elevator1(CH2)rate

● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e 

function cannot be used. To use 

the function, select ACT.

(Aileron rate)

L:Aileron stick Left side rate 

R:Aileron stick Right side rate 

(Elevator rate)

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then 

select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, 

set to the "INH" side. 

■ Rate set

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust 

the mixing rate by pressing the + key or 

‒ key.

Range:-120 ~ +120%

Default:+100%

(only ELE1 : -100%)

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not 

return.

NOTE:We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If 

the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron operation will be compounded and the servo travel range 

will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

ELEVON

CH1

CH1

CH2

CH2

Pitch

Roll

(/(921
102Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

Ailevator mixes both Ailerons and Elevators together. Or the 

function can be used separate from your ailerons when you have two 

(OHYDWRUVHUYRV6LQFHWKHUHDUHDLUFUDIWOLNHMHW¿JKWHUVWKDWXVHWKH

elevators as ailerons, using this function can give you a sense of reality. 

$LOHURQRSHUDWLRQFDQDOVREHXVHGZLWKHOHYDWRUVHUYRVSHFL¿FDWLRQV

The servos connect to the receiver CH2 and CH8 output.

ŏ(OHYDWRUDQGDLOHURQWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\

ŏ&RQÀUPWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQEHFDXVHLWLVGLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJ

RQWKHOLQNDJH

"AILVATOR"

AILVATOR Ailvator (ACROBATIC)

CH2 servo CH8 servo

Roll AIL3 AIL4

Pitch ELE1 ELE2

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

Activating the function

AIL3 Rate set

AIL4 Rate set

ELE2 Rate set

ELE1 Rate set

● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e 

function cannot be used. To use 

the function, select ACT.

(Rate)

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then 

select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a 

function, set to the "INH" side. 

■ Rate set

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust 

the mixing rate by pressing the + key or 

‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:-50%(AIL3, AIL4),

-100%(ELE2), +100%(ELE1)

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not 

return.

NOTE:We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If 

the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron operation will be compounded and the servo travel range 

will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

● When used as 2 elevator servos specifications without aileron operation, set the AIL3 and AIL4 travel to 0%.

AILVATOR

 CH 2

(CH 8)

 CH 6 CH 1 (CH7)

 CH 8

(CH 2)

NOTE:Ailevator cannot be used simultaneously with V-tail or Elevon functions. When “Other WING mix “ON” “is 

displayed on the screen, set the ailvator function to ACT after setting the active function to INH.

$,/9$725
103 Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

● An acceleration function helps the engine compensate 

for sudden, large amounts of throttle input by making 

the mixture suddenly richer, then easing it back to 

the proper adjustment for that throttle setting. This 

function requires some adjustment to best fit your 

engine and your flying style. Adjust engineʼ s response 

until no hesitation occurs on rapid throttle input.

● Superfluous operation of a needle servo becomes 

large as it approaches to 100%. Moreover, time to 

usually return to a position becomes late. 

This function is used when the engine is 

equipped with a mixture control system (needle 

control and other mixture adjustments to the 

engine).

The throttle control servo connects to receiver 

CH8.

ŏ7KHPL[WXUHFDQEHVHWE\SRLQWFXUYHLQ UHODWLRQ

WRWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN

ŏ$QDFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQZKLFKDFFHOHUDWHV WKH

HQJLQH WR WKHRSWLPDOPL[WXUHZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH LV

RSHQHGFDQEHVHW

"THR → NEEDL"

THR → NEEDL Throttle → Needle mixing (ACROBATIC)

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX"

item and then 

select the "ON"

by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set 

to the "INH" side. 

■ 5 point curve setting

2 Select the setting item (P-1 ~ P-5) and then set the 

travel of each point by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:0 ~ 100%

Default:P-1:0%, P-2:25%, P-3:50%, 

P-4:75%, P-5:100%

■ Acceleration rate

3 Select the "ACC" item and adjust the acceleration 

amount by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:0 ~ 100%, Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to 

the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key 

simultaneously.

Throttle curve

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

 Activating the function

5 Point curve set

  (Cursor moves with a 

THR stick)

Acceleration rate

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

● The set-up curve is shown

NOTE:This cannot be used if Ailevator function 

is active as they cannot be used simultaneously. 

“AILVATOR mix “ON” “is displayed on the screen. Set the 

THR → NEEDL function to ACT after setting the active 

function to INH.

/'))1 ڀ 7+5

NOTE: When using the acceleration function, since the 

needle stroke is large, adjust your settings so there 

is no binding of your linkage.
104Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

D/R

The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps

ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQ

GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

EXP

This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement 

is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral 

position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.

ŏ7KH ́μVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH ́μVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH

QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH ́μVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH

VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH

ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH'5LVSRVVLEOH([FHSWWKURWWOH7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK

VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

Switch selection(SW)

Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate 

(exponential) switch.

ŏ'HIDXOW:$LOHURQ:6ZLWFK' / (OHYDWRU:6ZLWFK$ / 5XGGHU:6ZLWFK%

"D/R,EXPO"

D/R,EXPO Dual rate / EXPO (ACROBATIC)

Channel selection

Dual rate 

EXPO

Switch selection

● The channel under selection is 

underlined. 

(Switch Direction)

● The dual rate and exponential 

settings are displayed by a 

curve.

● Channel selection/Select 

the setting item with the 

Jog key.

< Channel >

1:Aileron

2:Elevator

3:Throttle

4:Rudder

(Switch No.)

(D/R and EXPO rate display)

Top row;Left side / down

Bottom row;Right side / up
105 Airplane

1 Select the "SW" item and then select 

the channel with the Jog key.

Range:1, 2, 4

2 A switch is chosen by + key or -key.

+ -

or

Range:SwA ~ SwH

Switch Change

1 A channel is chosen by Jog 

key.

Range:1, 2, 4

2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor 

to D/R with the Jog key, switching the 

dual rate switch to the direction you 

want to set, moving the stick to the left 

(down) or right (up) side and pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

Range:

0 ~ 140%

Default:100%

● When you want to 

return the set value to 

the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key 

simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step 

1 Select the "EXP" item and 

then select the channel with 

the Jog key.

Range:1~4

2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor 

to EXP with the Jog key, switching the 

dual rate switch to the direction you 

want to set, moving the stick to the left 

(down) or right (up) side and pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

Range:

-100 ~ +100%

Default:0%

● When you want to 

return the set value to 

the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key 

simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

D/R

EXPO

+

+

-

-

● Moving to another setting item of the same 

channel is possible by Jog key.

● Moving to another setting item of the 

same channel is possible by Jog key.
106Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This mixing function mixes two ailerons and also gives the 

DLOHURQVDÀDSIXQFWLRQ$LOHURQDQGOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQFRQWURO

surfaces can be raised at the same time. If this function is used 

together with air brake function, the aircraft speed can be dropped 

when landing and is effective in narrow places. Connect the left 

aileron servo to CH1 (AIL) and the right aileron servo to CH6 

(FLP).

ŏ7KH XSDQGGRZQDQJOHRI WKH OHIWDQG ULJKWDLOHURQFRQWURO

VXUIDFHVFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\

ŏ7KHOHIWDQGULJKWÁDSWUDYHOFDQDOVREHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\

"FLAPERON"

FLAPERON Flaperon (ACROBATIC)

CH6 servo CH1 servo

A i l e r o n 

Operation

Right Aileron Left Aileron

Flap Operation Flap1 Flap2

Activating the function

Aileron1(CH1)rate

Aileron2(CH6)rate

Flap2(CH1)rate

Flap1(CH6)rate

● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e 

function cannot be used. To use 

the function, select ACT.

(Aileron rate)

L:Aileron stick Left side rate 

R:Aileron stick Right side rate 

(Flap rate)

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

CH1 CH6

NOTE:Only the Flaperon, AileronDifferential, or Elevon functions can 

be used. They cannot be turned on simultaneously. When another 

function is already activated, “Other WING mix “ON” “is displayed on the 

screen. Set the Flaperon function to ACT after setting the active function 

to INH.

)/$3(521
107 Airplane

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then 

select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a 

function, set to the "INH" side. 

■ Aileron rate

+ - or

2 Select "RATE-AIL1" and operate the 

aileron stick to the left and right and 

adjust the travel of each servo by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-120 ~ +120%

Default:100%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, when 

the polarity is changed, only the number is returned to the 

initial value.

 (The “RATE-AIL 2” item is adjusted in the same way as 2 .)

(When flap trim is used, make the settings shown below.)

● However, set the basic travel with the Flap function in advance.(Default:0%)

■ Flap rate

+ - or

3 Select the "RATE-FLP2" item and adjust 

the Flap2 travel by pressing the + key or 

‒ key.

Range:-120 ~ +120%

Default:+100%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not 

return.

(The “RATE-FLP1” item is adjusted in the same way as 3 . 

However, the “RATE-FLP1” side initial value is -100%.)

Flaperon

CH1

CH1

CH6

CH6

When flaperon is active, the 

ailerons can be controlled by the 

servos connected to CH1 and CH6. 

The servo travel can be adjusted 

by the left and right end points.

The left and right ailerons can 

be raised (brake operation) and 

lowered (flap operation) at the 

same time by setting SW-C to its 

lowest position.

Flaperon ACT

Air brake ACT
108Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This function is used when the air brake is 

necessary during landing and is turned on and off 

by switch C (initial setting).

ŏ1RUPDOO\ZKHQ WKHDLOHURQVDUHXVHGDVDEUDNH

WKH\DUHUDLVHG83VLGH

ŏ:KHQ WKHRSHUDWLRQPRGH LV  ́2)67μ RIIVHW WKH

DLUEUDNH LVFRQWUROOHGE\ VZLWFKRSHUDWLRQ:KHQ

WKHRSHUDWLRQPRGHLV ́/,15μOLQHDUWKHDLUEUDNH

LV RSHUDWHG OLQHDUO\DW VZLWFK21DQG IURP WKH

FRQWUROVWLFNVHWSRVLWLRQ

ŏ,I WKH ́/,15μPRGHZDV VHOHFWHG WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN

FRQWUROV &+ DQG WKH DLU EUDNH RSHUDWLRQ EXW

LWFDQEH VHSDUDWHG IURP&+RSHUDWLRQ&+ 

FRQWUROFDQEH VZLWFKHG IURP VWLFN WR VWLFNRU WR

95 NQRE+RZHYHUZKHQ RWKHU WKDQ VWLFNZDV

VHOHFWHG WKH WKURWWOH WULPDQG IXQFWLRQ UHYHUVH

IXQFWLRQVFDQQRWEHXVHG

ŏ:KHQXVHG LQ WKH  ́/,15μPRGHDGMXVW WKH WUDYHO

ZLWK WKH WKURWWOH VWLFNDW WKHPD[LPXP VORZ VLGH

EUDNLQJDPRXQWPD[LPXP

● Adjustment item for every wing type

Display (Normal) Flaperon Aileron

Differential

AIL1(1CH) ----- Aileron1 Aileron1

ELEV(2CH) Elevator Elevator Elevator

FLAP(6CH) Flap Aileron2 Flap

AIL2(7CH) ----- ----- Aileron2

"AIR-BRK"

AIR-BRK Air brake (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function

Rate set

Delay Rate set

3CH Control set

● When not using this Function 

select INH. The display of On/

Off is shown when active and 

assigned to a switch. 

Switch selection

Switch direction

Mode

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. ● When the “LINR” operation mode was selected, the current throttle stick position is displayed 

at the operation reference point and in the bottom row parentheses.

  CH 1

CH2  CH 2

 CH 6

$,5%5.
109 Airplane

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then select 

the "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set 

to the "INH" side. 

■ Rate set

+ - or

2 Select the "rate" item and 

adjust the servo travel by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:+50%(ELEV only -10%)

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

However, polarity does not return.

■ Delay Rate set

+ - or

3 Select the "delay" item and adjust the elevator 

operation delay by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

● The amount of delay is large at 100%.

Range:0 ~ 100%、Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key

and ‒ key simultaneously.

(In the case of change of a switch)

■ Switch selection

+ - or

1 Select the "SW"

item and then 

select the switch 

by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

Range:SwA ~ SwH

Default:SwC

■ Switch direction

+ - or

2 S e l e c t t h e O N d i r e c t i o n b y 

pressing the + key or ‒ key at 

the ON direction selection item.

Range:

● 2P SW:NULL, UP, DOWN

● 3P SW:NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

(In the case of change of a mode)

■ Mode

+ - or

1 S e l e c t t h e 

"MOD" i t e m 

and select the 

operation mode 

by pressing the + key or the ‒ key.

Range:OFST, LINR

Default:OFST

■ Operation reference point setting ("LINR" mode 

only)

2 Select the operation reference point setting 

item newly displayed at the bottom row 

of "MOD" and hold the throttle stick at the 

air brake start point and set the reference point by 

pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

Range:0 ~ 100%

(When 3CH control is changed at the time of "LINR")

■ "LINR" mode 3CH control

1 Select the "CH3" item and select control by pressing the +key or ‒ 

key.

Range:THR, SwA ~ SwH, VR, DT5, DT6

Default:THR

Air brake
110Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then select 

the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set 

to the "INH" side. 

■ Mixing rate

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and 

then adjust the mixing rate by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

(When changing the mixing reference point)

■ Mixing reference point offset setting

1 Select the "OFFSET" item and turn the Flap knob to the (1 second)

point you want to make the mixing reference point and 

set the reference point by pressing the Jog key for 1 

second.

Range:-100 ~ +100% Default:0%

Flap → ElevatorMixing

This mixing is used to compensate for pitch 

FKDQJHVHOHYDWRUGLUHFWLRQDWÀDSRSHUDWLRQ

ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH

OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQW LVSRVVLEOHE\FKDQJLQJ WKH

UDWHSRODULW\

ŏ7KHPL[LQJUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHVKLIWHG2))6(7

"FLAP → ELE"

FLAP → ELE Flap → Elevator mixing (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function

Mixing rate

Mixing offset rate

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

(P r e s e n t f l a p o p e r a t i n g 

position)

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

)/) ڀ /$3(
111 Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item 

and then select the ON 

or OFF by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Switch selection

+ - or

2 Select the "SW" item 

and then select the 

switch by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

Range:SwA ~ SwH、Default:SwC

■ Switch direction

+ - or

3 Select the "POSI 

" by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key at 

the ON direction 

selection item.

Range:

● 2P SW:NULL, UP, DOWN

● 3P SW:NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, 

CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

■ Mixing rate

+ - or

4 Select the "RATE" item and 

then adjust the mixing rate by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100% Default:+50%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

However, polarity does not return.

● RATE ↑ / ↓ cursor position operates and chooses an 

elevator stick.

Elevator → FlapMixing

● T h i s c u r s o r p o s i t i o n 

operates and chooses an 

elevator stick.

This mixing is used when you want to apply mixing from elevators 

WRÀDSV8VXDOO\PL[LQJLVVXFKWKDWWKHÀDSVDUHORZHUHGE\UDLVLQJ

the elevators. When used with Fun Fly and other aircraft, small loops 

are possible.

ŏ7KHXSVLGHDQGGRZQVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG   

"ELE → FLAP"

ELE → FLAP Elevator → Flap mixing (ACROBATIC)

 Activating the function

Mixing rate

Switch selection

Switch direction

● When not using this Function 

select INH. The display of On/

Off is shown when active and 

assigned to a switch. 

(Elevator down side rate)

(Elevator up side rate)

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

   Flap CH6

 Elevator CH2

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.

○ 2P SW:NULL, UP, DOWN

○ 3P SW:NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

/$3( ڀ )/)
112Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This function trims the CH6 VR knob.

ŏ7KHWULPWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHG

*When the flaperon function is activated ( “ACT” ), this 

function is turned on automatically. It can be turned 

on and off independently.

"FLAP TRIM"

FLAP TRIM Flap trim (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function

Flap trim rate

● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e 

function cannot be used. To use 

the function, select ACT.

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then 

select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a 

function, set to the "INH" side. 

■ Flap rate

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust 

the flap rate by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Flap Trim

)/$375,0

VR neutral

Single beep sound

Flap neutral 

VR turns Flap adjustment 

VR turns Flap adjustment 
113 Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor 

by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate is 

adjusted to the position which completely cuts the 

throttle servo or ESC when the throttle is operated. 

When Thr.Cut is active, the throttle position is held 

regardless of the throttle stick position. 

ŏ125(6&RSHUDWLRQPRGH VZLWFKLQJ )RUPRWRU

DLUFUDIWVHOHFW(6&)RUPRWRUDLUFUDIW WKH WKURWWOH

SRVLWLRQZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHWFDQEH VHW VR

WKHPRWRUZLOOQRWXQH[SHFWHGO\UXQDWKLJKVSHHG

ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOHFXW IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW:KHQ WKH

WKURWWOHVWLFNLVKLJKHUWKDQWKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ

WKH WKURWWOHFXW IXQFWLRQ LVQRW UHVHWHYHQ LI WKH

VZLWFKLV VHW WR2))6HW WRD VDIH WKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ

VORZVLGH

ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG IURPDPRQJ

VZLWFKHV$ ~ +

ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR

"THR.CUT"

THR.CUT Throttle cut (ACROBATIC)

Mode

Activating the function

Cut Position rate

Throttle Position

Switch selection

Switch direction

● When not using this Function 

select INH. The display of On/

Off is shown when active and 

assigned to a switch. 

● Adjusts the rate to the position 

t h a t c o m p l e t e l y c u t s t h e 

throttle servo or ESC.

● The “THR” item can be set 

when the operation mode 

i s “E S C” . T h e n u m b e r i n 

parentheses is the current 

throttle stick position.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.

○ 2P SW:NULL, UP, DOWN

○ 3P SW:NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

7+5&87
114Airplane

■ Mode

1 Select the "MODE" item and then select the 

mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

Range:NOR, ESC

Default:NOR

● "NOR":Engine plane

"ESC":Electric motor plane

■ Activating the function

2 Select the "MIX" item and then select the off 

by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Switch selection

3 Select the "SW" item and then select 

the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

Range:SwA ~ SwH

Default:SwA

■ Switch direction

4 Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at 

the ON direction selection item.

+ -

or

Range:

● 2P SW:NULL, UP, DOWN

● 3P SW:NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, 

DOWN

■ Cut Position rate

5 Select the "RATE" item and then select 

the cht position by pressing the + key or 

‒ key (motor stop).

+ -

or

● It adjusts to the position where an engine 

is cut.

Range:-30 ~ 0 ~ +30%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value 

to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ 

key simultaneously.

(In the case of ESC )

■ Function release Throttle Position

6 Select the "THR" item and then select the release 

position by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is 

pressed for 1 second.

● Set to a safe low throttle position.

Range:0 ~ 100%

Default:15%

Throttle Cut
115 Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item 

and then select the on 

or off by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Switch selection

+ - or

2 Select the "SW" item 

and then select the 

switch by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

Range:SwA ~ SwH、Default:SwC

■ Switch direction

3 Select the "POSI" by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key at the ON direction 

selection item.

Range:

● 2P SW:NULL, UP, DOWN

● 3P SW:NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, 

CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

■ Idle down rate

+ - or

4 Select the "RATE" item and 

then adjust the idle down 

rate by pressing the + key or 

‒ key.

Range:0 ~ 40%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Idle down

This function is linked to the air brake switch 

and gear switch and lowers the engine idle. It is 

used when engine idle is set high to prevent the 

HQJLQHIURPVWDOOLQJGXULQJÀLJKWDQG\RXZDQWWR

lower engine idle when landing.

ŏ7KHDPRXQWHQJLQHLGOHLVORZHUHGFDQEHVHW

ŏ$WLGOLQJGRZQRSHUDWLRQWKHVWRSOHYHUDGMXVWVWKH

LGOHGRZQDPRXQW

ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG IURPDPRQJ

VZLWFKHV$ ~ +7KHVZLWFKGLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREH

VHOHFWHG

● The idle down amount is usually 10% ~ 20%. Hold down the aircraft and set the throttle switch to the maximum 

slow position while the engine is running and adjust the idle drop amount while turning the switch on and off.

"IDLE DOWN"

IDLE DOWN Idle down (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function

Idle down rate

Switch selection

Switch direction

● When not using this Function 

select INH. The display of On/

Off is shown when active and 

assigned to a switch. 

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.

○ 2P SW:NULL, UP, DOWN

○ 3P SW:NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

,'/('2:1
116Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and 

then select the "OFF" by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a 

function, set to the "INH" 

side. 

■ D i r e c t i o n s w i t c h 

selection

2 Select the "DIRC-SW1"

and "DIRC-SW2" item 

and select each switch 

by pressing the + key or 

‒ key.

Range:

NULL, SwA ~ SwH

Default:NULL

■ Servo Rate set

3 Switch the DIRC-SW1 or DIRCSW2 in the direction you are 

wanting to adjust by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key at the “AIL” , 

“ELE” , and “RUD” items.

Range:-120 ~ +120%

● Set the R/U, L/U, R/D, and L/D 

directions.

■ Safe mode set

4 Select the "SAFE-MODE" 

item and then select the 

mode by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.

Range:

FREE, CH5+, CH5-

Default:FREE

● When a 3 position switch was selected at “DIRC-SW1” setting, 1:R/U, 2:L/

U, 3:R/D switching is possible with 1 switch. At this time, “DIRC-SW2”

cannot be selected.

Safe mode setting can set the direction of the landing gear switch.

● When “CH5-” was selected, the safety device sets the landing gear switch to the 

rear position and the snap switch is not effective even if operated. When the 

landing gear switch is in the forward position, operation is possible. When “CH5+

“ was selected, the safety device operates and the snap switch is ineffective even 

if operated. When the landing gear switch is in the rear position, operation is 

possible.

● When “FREE” was selected: The safety device does not operate regardless of the 

switch direction.

Snap roll

This function performs snap roll by switch (SwH).

ŏ7KH UROOGLUHFWLRQLVVHOHFWHG IURPDPRQJGLUHFWLRQV58/8 5' /'E\ 

VZLWFKHV

ŏ$VDVDIHW\PHDVXUHDVDIHW\PRGHFDQEHVHWVRWKDWRSHUDWLRQLVQRWSHUIRUPHG

HYHQLIDVZLWFKLVPLVWDNHQO\WXUQHGRQZKHQUHWUDFWLQJWKHODQGLQJJHDU

NOTE: The trainer function cannot be turned on simultaneously with this 

function. If the trainer function is active, “trainer “ACT”” is displayed on the 

screen. After setting the trainer function to “INH” , turn on this function.

"SNAP ROLL"

(Direction Switch)

SW1 SW2

1: R/U

2: L/U

3: R/D

4: L/D

SNAP ROLL Snap roll (ACROBATIC)

 Activating the function

Rate set

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

(Snap roll direction)

● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e 

function cannot be used. To use 

the function, select OFF(ON).

Safe mode set 

Direction Switch selection

61$352//
117 Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

However, this function cannot be used when the throttle EXP function was set. When this function is set, 

the throttle EXP function cannot be used.

This function sets a 5 point throttle curve so that 

the engine/motor speed relative to movement of the 

WKURWWOHVWLFNLVWKHRSWLPXPYDOXHIRUÀLJKW

ŏ$FXUYHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKVZLWFKSRVLWLRQ

"THR-CURVE"

THR-CURVE Throttle curve(Airplane) (ACROBATIC)

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item 

and then select the 

"ON" by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Switch selection

+ - or

2 Select the "SW" item 

and then select the 

switch by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

Range:SwA ~ SwH、Default:SwE

■ 5 point curve set + - or 3 By Jog key, either of P-1 to P-5 is chosen. The + key or - key is pressed and a 

rate is set up.

Range:0 ~ 100%

Default:P-1:0%, P-2:25%, P-3:50%, P-4:75%, P-5:100%

Throttle curve

Activating the function

Switch selection

5 point curve

set

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

● The set-up curve is shown

(Present switch position)

7+5&859(
118Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This function is a function for the variable pitch 

propellers of an airplane. 

7KHFXUYHRI¿YHSRLQWVFDQEHVHWXS

ŏ3,7 FX UYH IXQF WLRQ FDQQR W EH XVHG ZKHQ DQ

$,/9$725IXQFWLRQLV$&7

ŏ&+RIDSLWFKFDQEHVHWWR&+RU&+

"PIT-CURVE"

PIT-CURVE Pitch curve(Airplane) (ACROBATIC)

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item 

and then select the 

"ON" by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Switch selection

+ - or

2 Select the "SW" item 

and then select the 

switch by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

Range:SwA ~ SwH、Default:SwE

■ 5 point curve set

+ - or

3 By Jog key, either of P-1 

to P-5 is chosen. The + 

key or - key is pressed 

and a rate is set up.

 Range:-100 ~

+100%

Default:P-1:-100%, P-2:-50%, P-3:0%, 

P-4:+50%, P-5:+100%

(When a channel is changed)

■ Channel selection

+ - or

1 Select the "CH" item and 

then select the channel 

by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

Range:8CH、5CH

Default:8CH

PIT-curve

Activating the function

Switch selection

5 point curve

set

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

Channel selection

● The set-up curve is shown

(Present switch position)

3,7&859(
119 Airplane

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

When this function is used, the throttle servo 

operating speed can be slowed down.

(Perfect for turbojet engine throttle control, etc.)

ŏ7KHDPRXQWRIGHOD\FDQEHVHW

"THR DELAY"

THR DELAY Throttle delay (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function

Delay Rate set

● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e 

function cannot be used. To use 

the function, select ACT.

(Throttle delay rate)

● It can be set to slow the servo 

movement up to +100%

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then 

select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a 

function, set to the "INH" side. 

■ Delay Rate set

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust 

the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:0 ~ 100%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

THR DELAY

7+5'(/$<
120Helicopter

(1 second) END +

0(18岜岜岜岜

セント0'/6(/

セント0'/1$0(

セント)$,/6$)(

セント5(9(56(

セント7,0(5

セント6(592

セント(1'32,17

セント75,0

セント68%75,0

セント30,;

セント$8;&+$1

セント3$5$0(7(5

0(18岜岜岜岜 

セント7(/(0(75<

セント6(1625

セント6%86/,1.

セント0'/75$16

セント75$,1(5

セント&21',7,21

セント6:+0,;

セント6:$6+$)5

セント6:+5,1*

セント2))6(7

セント'(/$<

セント7+5&87

0(18岜岜岜岜

セント*<526(16

セント'5(;32

セント7+5&859(

セント3,7&859(

セント5(920,;

セント7+5+2/'

セント*29(5125

セント+297+5

セント+293,7

/23,7 ط +,セント

セント7+50,;

/'))1ڀ7+5セント

 HELICOPTER Function

The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when 

the model type was set to helicopter is displayed here.

MENU

● When the + key is pressed for 

1 second, the menu screen is 

displayed.

● When the END key i s 

p r e s s e d , t h e d i s p l a y 

r e t u r n s t o t h e h o m e 

screen.

MENU

1/3

MENU

2/3

MENU

3/3

(Home screen)

PowerON

● F i r s t s e t t h e 

throttle to slow.

● Then turn on the power.

(Selection)

● M o v e t h e c u r s o r 

( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d 

down and to the left and 

right with the Jog key and 

select the function.

The cursor can be moved 

over several pages.

(Calling the setting screen)

● Press the Jog key to open the 

setting screen.

To menu screen 

by holding down 

the + key

0(18岜岜岜岜  

セント0'/6(/

セント0'/1$0(

セント)$,/6$)(

セント5(9(56(

セント7,0(5

セント6(592

セント(1'32,17

セント75,0

セント68%75,0

セント30,;

セント$8;&+$1

セント3$5$0(7(5

MENU

1/3

セント7(/(0(75<

セント6(1625

セント6%86/,1.

セント0'/75$16

セント75$,1(5
121 Helicopter

MENU1/3

MDL-SEL (P.40)

Model select / Model Copy / Data 

reset / RX / Link

MDL-NAME (P.43)

Model name / User name

FAIL SAFE (P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE (P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER (P.48)

Timer

SERVO (P.49)

Servo monitor / Servo test

END POINT (P.50)

End point

TRIM (P.51)

Trim reset / Trim step

SUB TRIM (P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6 (P.53)

Program mixing 1 ~ 6

AUX-CHAN (P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER (P.58)

Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : 

mode, time, adjustment / Home 

display / Battery alarm / Battery 

vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog 

navi / Jog light / Jog time /

Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : 

language, volume / Stick position 

alarm 

■ Function

MENU2/3

TELEMETRY (P.66)

Telemetry Display / Alarm setup

SENSOR (P.83)

Telemetry sensor

SBUS LINK (P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS (P.92)

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

TRAINER (P.93)

Trainer

CONDITION (Idle-up・

Throttlehold) (P.122)

Condition

SWASH AFR (H-1 removes)

(P.123)

Swash AFR

SWH.MIX (P.124)

Swash MIXing

SWH.RING (P.126)

Swash RING

OFFSET (P.127)

Trim offset

DELAY (P.128)

Delay

THR.CHT (P.129)

Throttle cut

(Condition switching at each 

setting screen)

● Press the jog button for 1 second.

When setting conditions with the 

following function, each setting can 

be made by switching the condition 

by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

T h r o t t l e c u r v e , P i t c h c u r v e , 

Pitch → Rudder, Gyro sens, HI/

LO-Pitch, OFFSET, Throttle MIX, 

THR → Needle, Swash MIX

MENU3/3

GYRO SENS (P.131)

Gyro mixing

D/R, EXPO (P.132)

Dual rate / EXPO

THR-CURVE (P.134)

Throttle curve

PIT-CURVE (P.136)

Pitch curve 

REVO.MIX (P.138)

Revolution mixing (PIT to RUD)

THR HOLD (P.140)

Throttlehold

GOVERNOR (P.141)

Governor mixing

HOV-THR (P.143)

Hovering Throttle

HOV-PIT (P.144)

Hovering Pitch

HI/LO-PIT (P.145)

HI/LO-pitch trim

THR-MIX (P.146)

Swash → Throttle mixing

THR-NEEDL (P.147)

Throttle → Needle mixing

MDL-SEL (P.40)

Model select / Model Copy / Data 

reset / RX / Link

MDL-NAME (P.43)

Model name / User name

FAIL SAFE (P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE (P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER (P.48)

Timer

SERVO (P.49)

Servo monitor / Servo test

END POINT (P.50)

End point

TRIM (P.51)

Trim reset / Trim step

SUB TRIM (P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6 (P.53)

Program mixing 1 ~ 6

AUX-CHAN (P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER (P.58)

Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light :

mode, time, adjustment / Home

display / Battery alarm / Battery

vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog

navi / Jog light / Jog time /

Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech :

language, volume / Stick position 

alarm 

TELEMETRY (P.66)

Telemetry Display / Alarm setup

SENSOR (P.83)

Telemetry sensor

SBUS LINK (P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS (P.92)

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

TRAINER (P.93)

Trainer

key / LCD

●Jog key

●+ key ●- key

●END key

Refer to "Common Functions"

previously described for a 

description of this function. 
122Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

The condition switches (idle up 1/2/3 and throttle 

hold switch) are not operative at initial setting. 

Switch setting is performed in advance with the 

condition select function.

ŏ,QLWLDOO\VHWWRLGOHXS6Z(FHQWHULGOHXS6Z(

IRUZDUG LGOHXS6Z) IRUZDUG WKURWWOHKROG

6Z*IRUZDUG

"CONDITION"

CONDITION Condition select (Idle-up・Throttlehold) (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "INH" item of the 

condition you want to use and set 

it to "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".

(In the case of change of a switch)

■ Switch selection 

+ - or

2 A cursor is moved to 

"Switch selection" and 

a switch is changed by 

+ key or - key. 

Range:SwA ~ SwH

Default:SwE(IDLE-UP1/2)、

SwF(IDLE-UP3)、SwG(THR-HOLD)

■ Switch direction

+ - or

3 A c u r s o r i s m o v e d t o 

"Switch direction" and 

a s w i t c h d i r e c t i o n i s 

changed by + key or -

key.

Range:

● 2P SW:NULL, UP, DOWN

● 3P SW:NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, 

DOWN

Condition select

Idle-up

setting

Throttlehold

setting

● When not using this Function 

select INH. The display of On/

Off is shown when active and 

assigned to a switch. 

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. (Activating thefunction) (Switch direction )

(Switch selection )

&21',7,21
123 Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This is the adjustable function rate (AFR) function when HR3, H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2, H-4, or H4X 

is selected as the swash type. The ailerons, elevators, and pitch steering angle and direction can be 

adjusted.

"SWASH AFR"

(When swash type is H-1, this setting screen is not displayed.)

■ Travel adjustment of each function

+ - or

1 Select each function item of "RATE" and 

set the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:+50%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not 

return.

Swash AFR

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

Rete

● Depending on the swash type the 

screen display is different.

● When the polarity is changed, the 

direction of operation is reversed.

NOTE:If the steering angle is too large, linkage binding may occur .

SWASH AFR Swash AFR (HELICOPTER)

6:$6+$)5
124Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This mixing is used to correct the bad tendencies 

of the swash plate in the aileron direction and 

elevator direction relative to aileron, elevator, and 

pitch operations. It adjusts the rate of the direction 

that requires correction so that the servo operates 

smoothly in the proper direction relative to each 

operation.

ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWRIHDFKFRQGLWLRQFDQEH

VHW

ŏ7KH OHIW DQG ULJKW XS DQG GRZQ FRUUHFWLRQ

DPRXQWFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ

"SWH.MIX"

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

Condition

Mixing master direction

Mixing rate

Activating the function

(Present condition)

(Rate)

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

Example of use: Using to correct bad roll tendencies

1 AIL → ELE is set to ON.

2 ACTION/ON is common to all conditions. The rate of unused conditions is set to 0%.

3 When the nose drops at right roll and the right side rate is adjusted in the "+" 

direction, the elevators move to the up side when the right aileron is deflected. 

Left roll can be adjusted by left side rate.

However, since the left and right ailerons polarity and elevators operating direction 

relationship is reversed; check the correction direction by swash plate operation.

SWH. MIX Swash mixing (HELICOPTER)

6:+0,;

6:+0,;
125 Helicopter

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the 

"ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● When you are not using a function, set 

this to INH. 

■ Setup of rate

2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing 

rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● ON/OFF of a function, Setup of rate, and a trim, Jog key is pushed and 

setting condition can be chosen. 

Range:

NORM, IDL1, IDL2, IDL3, HOLD

Swash mixing
126Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This swash mixing function limits swash travel 

to prevent damage to the switch linkage due to simultaneous aileron and elevator operation. If is effective in 3D aerobatics with a large steering angle.

"SWH.RING"

● Aileron and elevator stick operation is limited 

to within the circle (swash mixing) in the figure 

shown at the right. (When rate is 100%)

← AIL operation → ← ELE operation →

SwashRing

 50%

 100%

SWH.RING Swash ring (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the 

"ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set to 

the "INH" side. 

■ Setup of rate

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and 

then adjust the mixing rate 

by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

Range:50 ~ 200%

Default:100%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

NOTE:Adjust the swash mixing rate to the largest swash 

inclination at which the linkage rod does not interfere.

Swash Ring

Activating the function

Swash Ring rate

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. ● Adjusts the operable range (swash mixing) of the 

aileron and elevator sticks.

● Displays the actual aileron 

a n d e l e v a t o r c o m b i n e d 

t r a v e l w h e n t h e s t i c k i s 

manipulated.

6:+5,1*
127 Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

If this trim offset function is used, independent 

trim adjustments can be made during hovering and 

in the air. This function can offset the ailerons, 

elevators, and rudder neutral position by linking 

to the set switch or condition. A habit that tends 

to appear from the standpoint of helicopter 

characteristics when flying at high speed is 

possible. This function can correct this habit.

ŏ)RUDFORFNZLVHURWDWLRQURWRUVLQFHWKHKHOLFRSWHU

WLOWVWRWKHULJKWGXULQJÁLJKWXVHWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQ

WR VHW WKH VZDVKSODWH VR WKDW WKHKHOLFRSWHU WLOWV

WR WKH OHIW6LQFH WKHGLUHFWLRQRI WKHHOHYDWRUV LV

GLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQDGMXVWPHQWRIWKHDLUFUDIW

GHFLGH WKHVHWWLQJGLUHFWLRQDIWHUÁLJKW:KHQ WKH

J\URLVXVHGLQWKH$9&6PRGHDWWKHUXGGHUHWF

WKHRIIVHW UDWHLVPDGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJWRPDNH

FRUUHFWLRQVDWWKHJ\URVLGH

ŏ:KHQWKHVZLWFKZDVVHOHFWHGRIIVHWV\VWHPFDQ

EHVHW IRUDSRVLWLRQVZLWFKDQGRIIVHWV\VWHPV

FDQ EH VHW IRU D  SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK /LQNLQJ WR

FRQGLWLRQV,'/ ~ +2/'LVDOVRSRVVLEOH

ŏ:KHQ WKHRIIVHW IXQFWLRQLVRQGDWDDGMXVWPHQWLV

SRVVLEOHHYHQE\GLJLWDOWULP7KHWULPDGMXVWHGUDWH

LVLQSXWLQ WKHDLU:KHQ WKHRIIVHW IXQFWLRQLV21

WKHLQLWLDOVFUHHQWULPGLVSOD\LVOLQNHG

"OFFSET"

OFFSET Trim offset (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item 

and then select the 

"ON" or "OFF" b y 

pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Switch selection 

+ - or

2 Select the "SW" item 

and then select the 

switch by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

Range:Cond, SwA ~ SwH

■ Switch direction and condition 

selection

3 Select the switch direction and 

condition you want to set at the switch 

direction and 

condition items.

■ Offset rate

4 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the offset rate 

by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-120 ~ +120%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Trim offset

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

Activating the function

Switch direction,

Selection of condition

Offset rate

Switch selection 

● When not using this Function 

select INH. The display of On/Off is 

shown when active and assigned 

to a switch.

(Present condition )

● When "Cond" is chosen, 

if Jog key is pushed for 

1 second, it will change 

t o e a c h c o n d i t i o n 

setting screen.

+ - or

2))6(7
128Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This function prevents sudden offset changes 

ZKHQWKHRIIVHWSLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJDQGWKURWWOH

hold functions are turned on and off.

ŏ'HOD\FDQEHVHWDWWKHDLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVUXGGHU

WKURWWOHDQGSLWFK

ŏ 7 K H  V H W  G H O D \  L V  F RPP R Q  W R  W K H  R I I V H W 

SLWFKńUXGGHUPL[LQJDQGWKURWWOHKROGIXQFWLRQV

"DELAY"

DELAY Delay (HELICOPTER)

■ Delay rate set

+ - or

up

1 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust 

the delay rate by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

Range:0 ~ 100%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Delay rate

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

Delay rate

● Linked to the offset, revolution 

mixing, and throttle hold functions 

and turned "ON".

● The delay is maximum at 100%.

'(/$<
129 Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor 

by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate 

is adjusted to the position which completely cuts 

the throttle servo or ESC when the throttle is 

operated. At function operation, this position is 

held regardless of the throttle stick position.

ŏ125(6&RSHUDWLRQPRGH VZLWFKLQJ )RUPRWRU

DLUFUDIWVHOHFW(6&)RUPRWRUDLUFUDIW WKH WKURWWOH

SRVLWLRQZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHWFDQEH VHW VR

WKHPRWRUZLOOQRWXQH[SHFWHGO\UXQDWKLJKVSHHG

ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOHFXW IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW:KHQ WKH

WKURWWOHVWLFNLVKLJKHUWKDQWKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ

WKH WKURWWOHFXW IXQFWLRQ LVQRW UHVHWHYHQ LI WKH

VZLWFKLV VHW WR2))6HW WRD VDIH WKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ

VORZVLGH

ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG IURPDPRQJ

VZLWFKHV$ ~ +

ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR

"THR.CUT"

THR.CUT Throttle cut (HELICOPTER)

Mode

Activating the function

Cut Position rate

Throttle Position

Switch selection

Switch direction

● When not using this Function 

select INH. The display of On/

Off is shown when active and 

assigned to a switch.

● Adjusts the rate to the position 

t h a t c o m p l e t e l y c u t s t h e 

throttle servo or ESC.

● The "THR" item can be set 

when the operation mode 

i s " E S C " . T h e n u m b e r i n 

parentheses is the current 

throttle stick position.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch.

○ 2P SW:NULL, UP, DOWN

○ 3P SW:NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

7+5&87
130Helicopter

■ Mode

1 Select the "MODE" item and then select the 

mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

Range:NOR, ESC

Default:NOR

● "NOR":Engine plane

"ESC":Electric motor plane

■ Activating the function

2 Select the "MIX" item and then select the off 

by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Switch selection

3 Select the "SW" item and then select 

the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

Range:SwA ~ SwH

Default:SwA

■ Switch direction

4 Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at 

the ON direction selection item.

+ -

or

Range:

● 2P SW:NULL, UP, DOWN

● 3P SW:NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, 

DOWN

■ Cut Position rate

5 Select the "RATE" item and then select 

the cht position by pressing the + key or 

‒ key (motor stop).

+ -

or

● It adjusts to the position where an engine 

is cut.

Range:-30 ~ 0 ~ +30%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value 

to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ 

key simultaneously.

(In the case of ESC )

■ Function release Throttle Position

6 Select the "THR" item and then select the release 

position by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is 

pressed for 1 second.

● Set to a safe low throttle position.

Range:0 ~ 100%

Default:15%

Throttle Cut
131 Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This mixing adjusts the gyro sensitivity from the 

transmitter. The AVCS gyro (GY mode) or normal 

gyro (STD mode) can be selected. Up to 3 axes can 

be set.

ŏ7KHVHQVLWLYLW\FDQEHOLQNHGWRWKHFRQGLWLRQ&RQG

RUDQDUELWUDU\VZLWFKDQGVHW

ŏ:KHQ WKH*<PRGHZDVVHOHFWHG $9&RU 125

LVGLVSOD\HGDWWKHVHQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJYDOXH

ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VHWWLQJ FKDQQHO FDQEH VHOHFWHG

IURP WKH58'&+58'$,/&+&+58'

(/( &+&+RU 58'$,/(/( &+&+&+

FRPELQDWLRQV

"GYRO SENS"

(For helicopters Gyro mixing)

GYRO SENS Gyro mixing (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item 

and then select the 

"ON" by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Gain switch selection 

+ - or

2 Select the "SW" item 

and then select the 

switch by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

Range:Cond, SwA ~ SwH

■ Gain channel selection

+ - or

3 S e l e c t t h e 

"CH" item and 

t h e n s e l e c t 

the sensitivity 

setting channel by pressing the + key

or ‒ key.

Range:RUD, RUD/AIL,

RUD/ELE, RUD/AIL/ELE

Default:RUD

■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting

4 Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting 

screen you want to set and then set "type" (gyro 

type) and "rate" (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by 

pressing the +key or ‒ key.

("type")Range:STD,GY Default:STD

("rate")Range:0 ~ 100%(STD), NOR100 ~ 0 ~

AVC100%(GY) Default:50%(STD), 0%(GY)

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Gyro setup

Activating the function

Gain channel selection 

Switch direction

Gyro type,

Gain rate

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

Gain switch direction

(Present switch position)

● Switches to the 

sensitivity setting 

s c r e e n o f e a c h 

switch direction 

when the Jog key is pressed. ● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. (Gyro type) (Gyro Gain set)

● When a Futaba GY gyro is used, gyro type "GY" is selected. This switches the gyro sensitivity 

setting item to the mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

*<526(16
132Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

Channel selection

Switch direction

Dual rate 

EXPO

Switch selection 

● The channel under selection is 

underlined. 

(present switch position )

● The dual rate and exponential 

settings are displayed by a 

curve.

● Channel selection/Select 

the setting item with the 

Jog key.

● Jog key is pushed for 1 

second, a condition screen 

will change.

< Channel >

1:Aileron

2:Elevator

4:Rudder

(Switch number) (Rate)

D/R

The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps

ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRI WKHVZLWFKRUFRQGLWLRQ7KHOHIWDQG

ULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

EXP

This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement 

is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral 

position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.

ŏ7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH

QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH

VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH

ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH'5LVSRVVLEOH([FHSWWKURWWOH7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK

VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

Switch selection(SW)

Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate 

(exponential) switch.

ŏ6HOHFW:6ZLWFK ~ 6ZLWFK+ / FRQGLWLRQ:&RQG

ŏ'HIDXOW:$LOHURQ:6ZLWFK' / (OHYDWRU:6ZLWFK$ / 5XGGHU:6ZLWFK%

"D/R,EXPO"

D/R,EXPO Dual rate / EXPO (HELICOPTER)
133 Helicopter

■ Channel selection 

1 Select the "SW" item and then select 

the channel with the Jog key.

Range:1, 2, 4

■ Switch selection 

2 A switch or Cond is chosen by + key or 

‒ key.

+ -

or

Range:SwA ~ SwH, Cond

● When "Cond" is chosen, a setup is 

possible for every condition.

■ Channel selection 

1 A channel is chosen 

by Jog key.

Range:1, 2, 4

■ Switch direction

2 Select the "No" item and 

then select the switch 

direction or condition by 

pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

■ D/R Setup of rate

3 Select each function item of "D/R" and 

set the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

Range:0 ~ 140% Default:100%

● When you want to return the set value 

to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ 

key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

■ Channel selection 

1 A channel is chosen 

by Jog key.

Range:1, 2, 4

■ Switch direction

2 Select the "No" item and 

then select the switch 

direction or condition by 

pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

■ EXP Setup of rate

3 Select the "EXP" item and then adjust 

the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

Range:-100 ~ +100%、Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value 

to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ 

key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step 

Dual rate 

EXPO

● Moving to another setting item of the same 

channel is possible by Jog key.

● Moving to another setting item of the same 

channel is possible by Jog key.

Switch Change
134Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

The throttle curve function sets a 5 point curve in 

relation to the throttle stick movement and adjusts 

each point over the 0 ~ 100% range so that the 

HQJLQHVSHHGLVRSWLPXPIRUÀLJKW

ŏ1RUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/DQG

LGOHXS,'/WKURWWOHFXUYHVFDQEHVHW

ŏ7KHQRUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/

DQGLGOHXS,'/VZLWFKFDQEHSUHVHWDW WKH

FRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ

(Normal throttle curve adjustment method)

The normal throttle curve creates a basic throttle curve centered near hovering. This curve is 

adjusted together with the normal pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down 

control is easiest. The normal throttle function is always on.

(Idle up 1/2/3 throttle curve adjustment method)

The idle up curves are set so that the engine maintains a constant speed even when the pitch is 

reduced during flight. Curves matched to the purpose such as loop, roll and 3D are created and idle 

up curves 1/2/3 are by aerobatics.

"THR-CURVE"

THR-CURVE Throttle curve(For helicopters ) (HELICOPTER)

Activating the function

Setting condition

5point curve

rate

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● When not using this Function 

select INH. The display of On/

Off is shown when active 

and assigned to a switch. A 

display when normal is "---"

(alwaysON).

● The THR-CURVE settings are 

displayed by a curve.

(Rate)  (Present condition)

CAUTIONS

[Operation precautions]When starting the engine, always set idle up 

sticks 1/2/3 to OFF and start the engine at idling.

7+5&859(
135 Helicopter

● Throttle curve setting examples

(Normal) (Idle-up1) (Idle-up2)

■ Curve copying method

1 Select the "CND" item 

and switch to the curve 

copy mode by pressing 

the Jog key.

2 Press the + key or ‒ 

key and select the copy 

destination condition.

+ -

or

3 Copy the condition by 

pressing the Jog key for 

1 second.

(1 second)

■ Activating the throttle curves (ID1/2/3)

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item and set to 

"ON" or "OFF" by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.

● For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON)

● When you do not want to use an idle up curve, set to 

"INH".

Range:NOR, ID1, ID2, ID3

■ 5 point curve setting

2 Select the setting item of each point (P-1 ~ P-5) 

with the Jog key and set the travel of each point by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

 Range:0 ~ 100%

Default:

P-5: 100%

P-4: 75%

P-3: 50%

P-2: 25%

P-1: 0%

● When you want to return the set value to 

the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key

simultaneously.

Throttle curve

0

100

50

25

75

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

%

STICK

RATE

(The example of a setting )

P5=100.0%

P4= 65.0%

P3= 50.0%

P2= 30.0%

P1= 0.0%

0

100

50

25

75

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

%

P5=100.0%

P4= 75.0%

P3= 50.0%

P2= 54.0%

P1= 56.0%

STICK

RATE

(The example of a setting )

0

100

50

25

75

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

%

P5=100.0%

P4= 75.0%

P3= 65.0%

P2= 65.0%

P1= 67.0%

STICK

RATE

(The example of a setting )

NOTE:Set the actual value of the throttle curve according to the fuselage 

specifications.

+ - or
136Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

The pitch curve function allows setting by a 5 

point curve in relation to throttle stick movement 

and adjustment of each point over the -100% ~

+100% range so that the pitch enters the optimum 

ÀLJKWVWDWH

ŏ1RUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/LGOH

XS ,'/DQGKROG +/'SLWFKFXUYHVFDQEH

VHW

ŏ7KHQRUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/

LGOHXS'/DQGKROG+2/'VZLWFKHVFDQEH

SUHVHWDWWKHFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ

NOTE:When the hold switch is on, the hold function has 

priority even though an idle up switch is in any position.

(Normal curve adjustment method)

The normal pitch curve creates a basic pitch curve centered near hovering. This curve is adjusted 

together with the throttle pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down control is 

easiest.

(Idle up 1/2/3 curve adjustment method)

The high side pitch curve sets the maximum pitch that does not apply a load to the engine. The low 

side pitch curve is created to match the purpose such as loop, roll, and 3D. The idle up 1/2/3 curves 

are used by aerobatics.

(Throttle hold curve adjustment method)

The throttle hold curve is used when performing auto rotation dives. Set the intermediate pitch to 

match the stick work at pitch up.

"PIT-CURVE"

PIT-CURVE Pitch curve (For helicopters ) (HELICOPTER)

Activating the function

Condition

5point curve

rate

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● When not using this Function 

select INH. The display of On/

Off is shown when active and 

assigned to a switch. When 

normal,"---" (always ON) is 

displayed.

● The PIT-CURVE settings are 

displayed by a curve.

(Rate)  (Present condition)

3,7&859(
137 Helicopter

● Pitch curve setting examples

(Normal)

(Hold)

(Idle-up1) (Idle-up2)

-100

+100

0

-50

+50

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

%

P5= +70%

P4= +50%

P3= +6%

P2= -40%

P1= -70%

STICK

RATE

(The example of a setting )

-100

+100

0

-50

+50

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

%

P5= +100%

P4= +50%

P3= 0%

P2= -50%

P1= -100%

STICK

RATE

(The example of a setting )

-100

+100

0

-50

+50

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

%

P5= +40%

P4= +10%

P3= -10%

P2= -40%

P1= -70%

STICK

RATE

(The example of a setting )

-100

+100

0

-50

+50

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

%

P5= +40%

P4= +10%

P3= -10%

P2= -50%

P1= -80%

STICK

RATE

(The example of a setting )

NOTE:Set the actual value of the pitch curve according to 

the fuselage specifications.

■ Activating the pitch curves(ID1/2/3, HLD)

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item and then 

select the "ON" or "OFF" b y 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

● For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON)

● When you do not want to use an idle up, hold curve, set 

to "INH".

Range:NOR, ID1, ID2, ID3, HLD

■ 5 point curve setting

2 Select the setting item of each point (P-1 ~ P-5) 

with the Jog key and set the travel of each point by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

 Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:

P-5: +100%

P-4: +50%

P-3: 0%

P-2: -50%

P-1: -100%

● When you want to return the set value to 

the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key

simultaneously.

Pitch curve 

■ Curve copying method

1 Select the "CND" item 

and switch to the curve 

copy mode by pressing 

the Jog key.

2 Press the + key or ‒ 

key and select the copy 

destination condition.

+ -

or

3 Copy the condition by 

pressing the Jog key for 

1 second.

(1 second)

+ - or
138Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

7KH SLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ FRQWUROV

the pitch of the tail rotor to suppress the reaction 

torque (force that attempts to swing the helicopter 

in the direction opposite the direction of rotation 

of the main rotor) generated by the main rotor 

pitch and speed. It is adjusted so that the pitch of 

the tail rotor is also changed when the main rotor 

pitch changes and reaction torque appears and so 

that the nose does not swing to the left and right. 

However, when the AVCS mode is used with a GY 

6HULHVJ\URSLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJLVXQQHFHVVDU\

ŏ7KHQRUPDO125LGOHXS,'/DQGLGOHXS

,'/UDWHVFDQEHVHW

ŏ7KHKLJKVLGHDQGORZVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG

ŏ)RU D FORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH RSHUDWLQJ

GLUHFWLRQ LV VHW VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU LVPL[HG LQ WKH

ULJKWGLUHFWLRQZKHQ WKHSLWFKEHFRPHVSOXV)RU

DFRXQWHUFORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH VHWWLQJ LV

RSSRVLWH7KHRSHUDWLQJGLUHFWLRQ VHWWLQJ UHYHUVHV

WKHUDWHSRODULW\

&:URWDWLRQ/RZVLGH/2:KLJKVLGH+,*+



&&: URWDWLRQ /RZ VLGH /2:  KLJK VLGH

+,*+

*7KHDERYHYDOXHVDUH WKH LQLWLDOYDOXHV5HSODFH

WKHPZLWKWKHDFWXDOVHWWLQJYDOXHV

Adjustment procedure

First, trim at hovering and then adjust the neutral position.

(Normal pitch → rudder mixing)

● Throttle low side (slow while hovering) adjustment

 Repeatedly hover from take off and land from hovering at a constant rate matched to your own rhythm, and 

adjust pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deflect when the throttle is raised and lowered.

If the nose points to the left when landing from hovering or points to the right when taking off, when hovering 

stabilizes and the stick moves to the neutral position, low side mixing rate is probably too large and when 

the nose points in the opposite direction, low side rate is probably too small. However, when landing, the 

direction of the nose may not stabilize depending on the state on the ground. The direction of the nose may 

also become unstable when rotation of the rotor does not rise.

● Throttle high (up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering) adjustment

 Repeat up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering matched to your own rhythm and adjust 

pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deflect to the left and right when the throttle is raised and 

lowered. If the nose points to the right when climbing from hovering, the high side mixing rate is too large and 

if the nose points to the right, the mixing rate is too small. Repeat climbing and diving and make adjustment 

while taking the balance.

(idle-up1/2,3Pitch → Ruddermixing)

 This mixing sets the mixing rate so that the rudder direction is straight forward at high speed flight.

"REVO.MIX"

REVO.MIX Pitch → Rudder mixing (HELICOPTER)
139 Helicopter

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the " M I X " 

i t e m a n d t h e n 

select the "ON" by 

pressing the + key

or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to 

the "INH" side. 

■ Selection of condition

+ - or

2 Select the "CND" item and 

selection of condition by 

pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

Range:NORM, IDL1/2, IDL3

■ Setup of rate + - or

3 Select each function item of "HI"or 

"LO" and set the rate by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default(NORM):-20%(LOW)、+20%(HIGH)

Default(IDL1/2/3):0%(LOW)、0%(HIGH)

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Pitch → Ruddermixing

Activating the function

Selection of condition

High side Setup of rate

Low side Setup of rate

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

(present switch position )

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. (Rate)

5(920,;
140Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

The throttle hold function fixes or stops the 

engine throttle position by hold switch operation 

during an auto rotation dive. Operation can be 

set within the -50% ~ +50% range based on the 

throttle trim position.

The switch is changed at the conditions selection 

screen. (Initial setting: SwG)

【Hold position adjustment method】

● When you want to lower the engine idling, set to the "+" direction and 

adjust so that the carburetor is full open.

● When maintaining idling, set the throttle stick to the slow position and 

turn the hold switch on and off and set to the number at which the servo 

does not operate.

NOTE:When connecting the throttle linkage, lower the digital trim to the 

slowest and adjust so that the carburetor is full open.

"THR HOLD"

THR HOLD Throttle hold (HELICOPTER)

Activating the function

hold throttle position 

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

● When not using this Function 

select INH. The display of On/

Off is shown when active and 

assigned to a switch. 

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then 

select the "ON" or "OFF" by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a 

function, set to the "INH" side. 

■ Hold throttle position

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust 

the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-50 ~ +50%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Throttle hold

CAUTIONS

[NOTE]Priority is given to throttlehold over idle-up.

● Function ACT ↔ INH is linked to 

condition THR-HOLD, and can be set 

at any screen.

7+5+2/'
141 Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

When a governor (CGY750/GY701/GV-1, 

etc.) is used, the speed can be adjusted from the 

transmitter. CH7 or CH8 or CH9 can be selected as 

the speed setting control channel.

When using a separate ON/OFF switch (cut 

switch), ON/OFF control uses CH8. In this case, 

CH7 or CH9 controls speed setting.

Setting examples:

● Example of setting that switches the speed and ON/OFF by 3 position switch

Governor speed 

(setting example)

3position 

Switch Adjustment from transmitter

direction Setup of rate

R.P.M 1:OFF UP 0% 0%(Governor R.P.M "off")

R.P.M 2:1400 CNTR 50% "50%"

R.P.M 3:1700 DOWN 100% "100%"

*For example, speed 3 sets 

the maximum speed to be 

used and is lowered and 

adjusted at the transmitter.

*For the time being use the 

initial rate setting.

*Since speed adjustment from the transmitter 

is rate setting, checking the actual speed at 

the governor display and remembering its 

relationship is convenient.

● Switching the speed for each condition

 The speed for each condition can be set by selecting "Cond" by switch. Since speed adjustment from the 

transmitter is rate setting, for the actual speed check the governor display.

● Controlling governor ON/OFF by separate switch

 When a separate switch is used to turn the governor on and off, switch setting is performed by "OFF-CNTRL" 

item.

*Speed and ON/OFF switch settings are different depending on the governor. Perform these settings in 

accordance with the instruction manual of the governor used.

*At throttle hold, always confirm that the governor is OFF. Conversely, when raising the speed value, reverse 

the polarity of "CH8".

"GOVERNOR"

GOVERNOR Governor mixing (HELICOPTER)

Activating the function

Switch selection 

Setup of rate

● When "INH", the function 

cannot be used. When you 

want to use CH7 as the speed 

setting channel, select "CH7" 

and when you want to use 

CH8(9), select "CH8(9)".

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. (Rate)

● The above screen shows the case when the speed is 

set for each condition.

*29(5125
142Helicopter

■ A c t i v a t i n g t h e f u n c t i o n(R . P. M C H 

selection)

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item 

and then select the 

"CH7""CH8" or "CH9" by 

pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Switch selection 

+ - or

2 S e l e c t t h e "MODE"

item and then select 

the switch by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

Range:Cond, SwA ~ SwH

■ R.P.M set

+ - or

ting

3 Select the "RATE" item 

and then adjust the rate 

by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

Range:0.0 ~ 100.0%

Default:

(Cond)

NORM=0.0%, IDL1=50.0%, IDL2=100.0%, 

IDL3=100.0%, HOLD=0.0%

(2P Switch selection )

UP=0.0%, DOWN=100.0%

(3P Switch selection)

UP=0.0%, CNTR=50.0%, DOWN=100.0%

(When using an ON/OFF switch)

*Select the OFF-CTRL item and then adjust the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

■ ON/OFF Switch selection 

+ - or

1 Select the "SW"

item and then 

select the switch 

by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

Range:SwA ~ SwH

Default:SwA

■ Switch direction + - or

2 Select the "POSI" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key at the ON 

direction selection item.

● 2P SW:UP, DOWN

● 3P SW:UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

(When number of rotations goes up at the time of Throttlehold )

*If the speed is increased at throttle hold, the governor and transmitter operating directions will not 

coincide. In this case, match the operating directions by reversing the polarity of "CH8".

Governor mixing

What is a governor ?

A governor is made up of a set of sensors which 

read the RPM of the helicopterʼ s head, and a 

control unit that automatically adjusts the throttle 

setting to maintain a constant head speed 

regardless of changes in pitch of blades, weather 

conditions, etc. Governors are extremely popular in 

competition helicopters due to the consistency 

provided. 

How does it help in helicopter setup? The 

governor eliminates the need to spend large 

amounts of time setting up throttle curves, as it 

automatically adjusts the engineʼ s RPM to 

maintain the desired head speed. 
143 Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

The hovering throttle function trims the throttle 

near the hovering point.

When the hovering throttle knob is turned 

clockwise, the speed increases and when it is turned 

counterclockwise, the speed decreases. Rotor 

speed changes due to changes in the temperature, 

humidity, and other flying conditions can be 

trimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor speed. 

More precise trimming is possible by using this 

function together with the hovering pitch function.

ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQFRQGLWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPRQO\

QRUPDORUQRUPDOLGOHXS

"HOV-THR"

HOV-THR Hovering throttle (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the " M I X " 

i t e m a n d t h e n 

select the "ON" by 

pressing the + key

or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to 

the "INH" side. 

■ Selection of condition

+ - or

2 Select the "MODE" item 

and then select condition 

by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

Range:NORM, NORM/IDL1

Default:NORM

■ VR setting

3 Select the "VR" item and then select the 

"VR" or "DT" by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

Range:NULL(OFF), +VR, -VR, +DT5, -DT5, 

+DT6, -DT6

Default:+DT6

(Memorizing the hovering throttle adjustment position)

■ Memory setting

4 Select the "RATE" item and memorize the 

current trim position by pressing the Jog 

key.

● When the knob is returned to the center after 

memorization, the trim position returns to its 

previous position.

[NOTE]If memorization is repeated at the same 

position, the value is cumulated.

Hovering Throttle

Activating the function

Trim memory settting 

VR setting

Selection of condition

● When "INH", the function 

cannot be used. To use the 

function, switch to "ON".

(Compensation amount at trim 

memory)

(Actual compensation amount 

including the hovering throttle 

knob)

● The knob operating direction 

is different depending on the 

polarity.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. ● NORM:Only the normal condition operates

● NORM/IDL1:It operates by normal condition and 

idle-up1. 

+297+5
144Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

The hovering pitch function trims the pitch near 

the hovering point. 

When the hovering pitch knob is turned 

clockwise, the pitch gets stronger and when it is 

turned counterclockwise, the pitch gets weaker. 

Rotor speed changes due to changes in temperature, 

humidity, and other flying conditions can be 

trimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor rotation. 

More precise trimming is possible by using 

this function together with the hovering throttle 

function.

ŏ7KH RSHUDWLQJ FRQGLWLRQ FDQEH VHOHFWHG IURP

QRUPDORQO\DQGQRUPDOLGOHXS

ŏ7KH W ULP SRVL WLRQ FDQ EH PHPR UL]HG , I L W LV

PHPRUL]HGEHIRUHWKHPRGHOPHPRU\LVFKDQJHG

WKHRULJLQDO WULPVWDWHFDQEH UHWULHYHGE\PHUHO\

VHWWLQJ WKH NQRE WR WKH FHQWHU ZKHQ WKH WULP

SRVLWLRQLVUHFDOOHG

"HOV-PIT"

HOV-PIT Hovering pitch (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the " M I X " 

i t e m a n d t h e n 

select the "ON" by 

pressing the + key

or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to 

the "INH" side. 

■ Selection of condition

+ - or

2 Select the "MODE" item 

and then select condition 

by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

Range:NORM, NORM/IDL1

Default:NORM

■ VR setting

+ - or

3 Select the "VR" item 

and then select the 

"VR" or "DT" b y 

pressing the + key 

or ‒ key.

Range:NULL(OFF), +VR, -VR, +DT5, -DT5, 

+DT6, -DT6

Default:-VR

(Memorizing the hovering pitch adjustment position)

■ Memory setting

4 Select the "RATE" item and memorize the current 

trim position by pressing the Jog key.

● When the knob is returned to the center after 

memorization, the trim position returns to its 

previous position.

[NOTE]If memorization is repeated at the same 

position, the value is cumulated.

Hovering Pitch

Activating the function

Trim memory settting

VR setting

Selection of condition

● When "INH", the function 

cannot be used. To use the 

function, switch to "ON".

(Compensation amount at trim 

memory)

(Actual compensation amount 

including the hovering pitch 

knob)

● The knob operating direction 

is different depending on the 

polarity

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. ● NORM:Only the normal condition operates

● NORM/IDL1:It operates by normal condition and 

idle-up1. 

+293,7
145 Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

The high/low pitch trim function adjusts the 

pitch servo high side and low side to the optimum 

SLWFKLQGLYLGXDOO\IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQQRUPDO

idle up 1/2/3, hold).

ŏ7KH KLJK SLWFK DQG ORZ SLWFK WULP OHYHUV DQG

RSHUDWLQJGLUHFWLRQ FDQEH VHOHFWHG 7KH WULP

OHYHUVRSHUDWHLQFRPPRQIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQDQG

DXVHGRQRWXVH WULP OHYHUFDQEH VHOHFWHG IRU

HDFKIXQFWLRQ

"HI/LO-PIT"

HI/LO-PIT HI/LO-pitch trim (HELICOPTER)

■ Selection of condition

+ - or

1 Select the setting 

condition selection 

i t e m a n d s e l e c t 

the condition by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

■ DT, VR adjustment ON, OFF selection

2 Select ON, OFF by pressing the + key or 

‒ key at the high side or low side "ADJ" 

item.

■ TYP selection

3 Select trim or VR by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key at the "TYP" item.

Range:+DT5, -DT5, +DT6, -DT6,+VR, 

-VR

● The high side or low side pitch can be 

adjusted with the selected digital trim or 

VR.

■ Adjustment by Key operation 

4 Select each function item of "HI-PIT" or "LO-PIT" and 

set the pitch rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:60 ~ 100%

Default:100%

HI/LO-pitch trim

Selection of condition

High side Pitch

Trim ON,OFF

High side trim

(Low side same)

(Present condition )

(Actual adjustment position 

including high pitch trim)

● Selected from among DT5, 

DT6, and VR. The operation 

d i r e c t i o n i s d i f f e r e n t 

depending on the polarity (+, 

-).

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

+,/23,7
146Helicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

This mixing compensates for slowing of the 

helicopter when the ailerons, elevators, and rudder 

are operated.

ŏ7KHFRPSHQVDWLRQDPRXQWFDQEH VHW IRUHDFK

FRQGLWLRQ

ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWOLPLWVWKHWKURWWOHKROGSRLQW

RUKLJKHVWSRLQWRSHUDWLRQ

"THR-MIX"

THR-MIX Throttle mixing (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the 

"ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set to 

the "INH" side. 

■ Setup of rate

+ - or

2 Select each function item 

of "MIX" and set the rate by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:0 ~ 100%

(RUD → THR : -100 ~ +100%)

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● The setting condition can be selected by pressing 

the Jog key at rate adjustment.

Range:NORM, IDL1, IDL2, IDL3

Throttle mixing

Activating the function

Condition

Mixing

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

(Present condition)

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. (Rate)

7+50,;
147 Helicopter

Function

8CH

This mixing sets the mixture by a 5 point curve in relation to throttle 

stick movement when the engine is equipped with a mixture control 

system (needle control or other mixture adjustment). Normal condition 

(NOR) idle up use (ID2) and idle up 3 (ID3) can be set independently. 

The needle servo connects to CH8 of the transmitter.

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

"THR → NEEDL"

THR → NEEDL Throttle → Needlemixing(For helicopters ) (HELICOPTER)

Activating the function

Condition

5 point curve

set

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

(Present condition)

● T h e C U R V E s e t t i n g s a r e 

displayed by a curve.

■ Activating the function + - or

1 Select the "MIX" item and then 

select the "ON" or "OFF" b y 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side. 

● When such, setting condition can be 

chosen by pressing Jog key. 

Range:NOR, I12, ID3

■ 5 point curve set

+ - or

ting

2 Select the setting item of each 

point (P-1 ~ P-5) with the Jog 

key and set the travel of each 

point by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

Range:0.0 ~ 100.0%

Default:

P-5: 100.0%

P-4: 75.0%

P-3: 50.0%

P-2: 25.0%

P-1: 0.0%

● When you want to return the set value 

to the initial value, press the + key

and ‒ key simultaneously.

Throttle → Needlemixing

■ Curve copying method

1 Select the "CND" item and 

switch to the curve copy 

mode by pressing the Jog 

key.

2 Press the + key or ‒ key and 

select the copy destination 

condition.

+ -

or

3 Copy the condition by 

pressing the Jog key for 1 

second.

(1 second)

/'))1 ڀ 7+5
148Glider

0(18岜岜岜岜$)

セント0'/6(/

セント0'/1$0(

セント)$,/6$)(

セント5(9(56(

セント7,0(5

セント6(592

セント(1'32,17

セント75,0

セント68%75,0

セント30,;

セント$8;&+$1

セント3$5$0(7(5

0(18岜岜岜岜$) 

セント7(/(0(75<

セント6(1625

セント6%86/,1.

セント0'/75$16

セント75$,1(5

セント$,/',))

'58ڀ$,/セント

セント97$,/

セント*<526(16

0(18岜岜岜岜$)  

セント'5(;32

セント02725

セント&21',7,21

$,/ڀ'58セント

セント&$0%5岜)/3

セント&$0%5岜0,;

セント%877(5)/<

)/)ڀ$0%5&セント

$0%5&ڀ)/)セント

$0%5&ڀ$,/セント

/(%5.ڀ$,/セント

セント75,00,;

(1 second) END +

$)

Glider function

The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when 

the model type was set to glider (2AIL+4FLP) is displayed here.

MENU

● When the + key is pressed for 

1 second, the menu screen is 

displayed.

● When the END key i s 

p r e s s e d , t h e d i s p l a y 

r e t u r n s t o t h e h o m e 

screen.

● F i r s t s e t t h e 

throttle to slow.

● Then turn on 

the power.

MENU

1/3

MENU

2/3

MENU

3/3

(Home screen)

Power ON

(Selection)

● M o v e t h e c u r s o r 

( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d 

down and to the left and 

right with the Jog key and 

select the function.

The cursor can be moved 

over several pages.

(Calling the setting screen)

ƔPress the Jog key to open the 

setting screen.

To menu screen 

by holding down 

the + key

0(18岜岜岜岜$)  

セント0'/6(/

セント0'/1$0(

セント)$,/6$)(

セント5(9(56(

セント7,0(5

セント6(592

セント(1'32,17

セント75,0

セント68%75,0

セント30,;

セント$8;&+$1

セント3$5$0(7(5

MENU

1/3

セント7(/(0(75<

セント6(1625

セント6%86/,1.

セント0'/75$16

セント75$,1(5
149Glider

■ The menu item is an example of WING type 2 ailerons + 4 flaps. The menu items 

can be changed according to the WING type. For example, if WING type is 1AIL, 

since the item blinks, reference only the item of the WING type used.

Relevant WING type display →

Key / LCD

●Jog key

●+ key ●- key

●END key

$)

MENU 3/3

D/R, EXPO (P.154)

Dual rate / EXPO

MOTOR SW (P.156)

Motor switch

CONDITION (P.157)

Condition

RUD → AIL (P.158)

Rudder → Aileron mixing

CAMBR FLP (P.159)

Camber flap mixing

CAMBR MIX (P.160)

Camber mixing

BUTTERFLY (P.161)

Butterfly mixing

CAMBR → ELE (P.162)

Camber → Elevator mixing

ELE → CAMBR (P.163)

Elevator → Camber mixing

AIL → CAMBR (P.165)

Aileron → Camber mixing

AIL → BRKFL (P.166)

Aileron → Brake flap

TRIM MIX (P.167)

Trim MIX

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

MENU1/3

MDL-SEL (P.40)

Model select / Model Copy / Data 

reset / RX / Link

MDL-NAME (P.43)

Model name / User name

FAIL SAFE (P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE (P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER (P.48)

Timer

SERVO (P.49)

Servo monitor / Servo test

END POINT (P.50)

End point

TRIM (P.51)

Trim reset / Trim step

SUB TRIM (P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6 (P.53)

Program mixing 1 ~ 6

AUX-CHAN (P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER (P.58)

Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : 

mode, time, adjustment / Home 

display / Battery alarm / Battery 

vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog 

navi / Jog light / Jog time /

Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : 

language, volume / Stick position 

alarm 

■ Function

MENU2/3

TELEMETRY (P.66)

Telemetry Display / Alarm setup

SENSOR (P.83)

Telemetry sensor

SBUS LINK (P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS (P.92)

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

TRAINER (P.93)

Trainer

AIL-DIFF (P.150)

Aileron Differential

AIL → RUD (P.151)

Aileron → Rudder

V-TAIL (P.152)

V-Tail

GYRO SENS (P.153)

Gyro mixing

MDL-SEL (P.40)

Model select / Model Copy / Data 

reset / RX / Link

MDL-NAME (P.43)

Model name / User name

FAIL SAFE (P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE (P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER (P.48)

Timer

SERVO (P.49)

Servo monitor / Servo test

END POINT (P.50)

End point

TRIM (P.51)

Trim reset / Trim step

SUB TRIM (P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6 (P.53)

Program mixing 1 ~ 6

AUX-CHAN (P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER (P.58)

Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light :

mode, time, adjustment / Home

display / Battery alarm / Battery

vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog

navi / Jog light / Jog time /

Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech :

language, volume / Stick position 

alarm 

TELEMETRY (P.66)

Telemetry Display / Alarm setup

SENSOR (P.83)

Telemetry sensor

SBUS LINK (P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS (P.92)

Data transfer of another 10J or 8J

TRAINER (P.93)

Trainer

Refer to "Common Functions"

previously described for a 

description of this function. 
150Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Two servos can be used for ailerons and a 

differential can be applied to left and right

aileron operation.

Connect the left aileron to CH1 (AIL) and the 

right aileron to CH7.

ŏ7KHXSDQGGRZQDQJOHRIWKHOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQ

FRQWUROVXUIDFHFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\

"AIL-DIFF"

AIL-DIFF Aileron differential (GLIDER)

■ Aileron control surface angle adjustment

1 Select the "RATE-AIL1" item and then move the aileron stick 

to the left and right and adjust the travel of each by pressing

the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-120 ~ +120%

Default:+100%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not 

return.

(Adjust the RATE-AIL2 item the same as 2 .)

Aileron Differential

Aileron1(CH1)rate

Aileron2(CH7)rate

(Aileron rate)

L:Aileron Stick Left side rate

R:Aileron Stick Right side rate

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

CH1

CH7

$,/',))
151Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then select 

the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set 

to the "INH" side. 

■ Mixing rate

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and 

then adjust the mixing rate by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, 

polarity does not return.

Aileron → Rudder

Use this mix when you want to mix the rudder 

with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft to 

bank at a steep angle.

ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH

OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJ

WKHUDWHSRODULW\  

"AIL → RUD"

AIL → RUD Aileron → Rudder (GLIDER)

Activating the function

Rate adjustment

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. ● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. 

(Selected with the Jog key and 

changed with the +key)

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the 

selected switch.

● When condition was used, the display 

can be switched and each connection 

can be set by switching the condition 

switch.

崐嵓嵕嵛ڀ嵑崨嵤

0,;セント,1+

5$7(セント1250

326,セント'2:1

6:セント6:$

'58 ڀ $,/

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF

ON ON

OFF

OFF ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN

3 Position Switch

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

OFF

NULL UP DOWN

2 Position Switch
152Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

This mixing is used with V tail aircraft that 

combine the elevator and rudder functions.

"V-TAIL"

V-TAIL V-Tail (GLIDER)

CH2 Servo CH4 Servo

Elevator ELE1 ELE2

Rudder RUD2 RUD1

Activating the function

ELE1 rate

ELE2 rate

RUD2 rate

RUD1 rate

● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e 

function cannot be used. To use 

the function, select ACT.

(Rate adjustment)

● Select the setting item with 

the Jog key.

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then 

select the "ACT" by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a 

function, set to the "INH" side. 

■ Rate adjustment

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust 

the mixing rate by pressing the + key or 

‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:+50%

(only ELE2 : -50%)

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not 

return.

NOTE:We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick and checking the amount of movement. If 

the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operation will be compounded and the servo travel range 

will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not operate may be created.

V-TAIL

CH2 (CH4) CH4 (CH2)

V-tail

97$,/
153Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

This function is dedicated mixing for switching 

the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/

NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros. Up to 3 

axes can be set.

ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQEH VHOHFWHGDQG WKH

VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRI WKH VZLWFKFDQEH

VHW 6ZLWFKHV$ WR+,I WKHDLUSODQH VWDOOVGXULQJ

IOLJKW WKH J\URZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V

DWWLWXGH ) URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW R I VD IHW\ ZH

UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHW

XVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFK

ŏ&+ &+&+ &+&+ R U &+&+&+

FRPELQDWLRQVFDQEH VHOHFWHGDV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\

VHWWLQJFKDQQHO

"GYRO SENS"

GYRO SENS Gyro sensor (GLIDER)

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item 

and then select the 

"ON" by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Sensitivity switch selection

2 Select the "SW" item and then select the 

switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:SwA ~ SwH、Default:SwA

■ Sensitivity setting channel selection

+ - or

3 S e l e c t t h e 

"CH" item and 

t h e n s e l e c t 

the sensitivity 

setting channel by pressing the + key

or ‒ key.

Range:CH5、CH5/CH7、

CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8

Default:CH5

■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting

4 Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting 

screen you want to set and then set "type" (gyro type) 

and "rate" (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

("type")Range:STD,GY Default:STD

("rate")Range:0 ~ 100%(STD), NOR100 ~ 0 ~

AVC100%(GY) Default:50%(STD), 0%(GY)

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

GYRO SENS

Activating the function

Gain Channel selection

Switch direction 

Gyrotype,

Gain rate

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

Sensitivity switch selection

(Current switch operating 

direction)

● Switches to the sensitivity setting 

screen of each switch 

direction when the 

Jog key is pressed. ● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. (Gyro type) (Gyro Gain)

● When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switches the gyro sensitivity setting 

item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

+ - or

*<526(16
154Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

D/R

The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps

ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQ

GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

EXP

This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement 

is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral 

position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.

ŏ7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH

QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH

VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH

ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH'5LVSRVVLEOH([FHSWWKURWWOH7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK

VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

Switch selection(SW)

Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate 

(exponential) switch.

ŏ'HIDXOW:$LOHURQ:6ZLWFK' / (OHYDWRU:6ZLWFK$ / 5XGGHU:6ZLWFK%

"D/R, EXPO"

D/R,EXPO Dual rate / EXPO (GLIDER)

Channel selection

Dual rate 

EXPO

Switch selection

● The channel under selection is 

underlined. 

(Switch Direction)

● The dual rate and exponential 

settings are displayed by a 

curve.

● Channel selection/Select 

the setting item with the 

Jog key.

< Channel >

1:Aileron

2:Elevator

3:Throttle

4:Rudder

(Switch number)

(D/R and EXPO rate display)

Top row;Left side / down

Bottom row;Right side / up
155Glider

1 Select the "SW" item and then select 

the channel with the Jog key.

Range:1, 2, 4

2 A switch is chosen by + key or ‒ key.

+ -

or

Range:SwA ~ SwH

Switch Change

1 A channel is chosen by Jog 

key.

Range:1, 2, 4

2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor 

to D/R with the Jog key, switching the 

dual rate switch to the direction you 

want to set, moving the stick to the left 

(down) or right (up) side and pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

Range:

0 ~ 140%

Default:100%

● When you want to 

return the set value to 

the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key

simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

1 Select the "EXP" item and 

then select the channel with 

the Jog key.

Range:1~4

2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor 

to EXP with the Jog key, switching the 

dual rate switch to the direction you 

want to set, moving the stick to the left 

(down) or right (up) side and pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

Range:

-100 ~ +100%

Default:0%

● When you want to 

return the set value to 

the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key

simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step 

D/R

EXPO

+

+

-

-

● Moving to another setting item of the same 

channel is possible by Jog key.

● Moving to another setting item of the 

same channel is possible by Jog key.
156Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

This function sets the operating motor when 

the EP glider with motor is started by switch. The 

operating speed can individually set in 2 ranges 

of high from slow and slow from high. If you do 

motor control with a throttle stick, you should 

set this function to INH.

ŏ)RU VDIHW\ WKH212)) VZLWFKRI WKHDLUFUDIWLWVHOI

FDQEHVHW

ŏ,ID WUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU VXSSO\LV VZLWFKHGRQZKLOH

WKHPRWRU 6: KDV EHHQ 21 WKH ZDUQLQJ ZLOO

RSHUDWH%HVXUHWRVZLWFKRQDSRZHUVXSSO\ZLWK

WKHPRWRUVWDUWVZLWFK2))

"MOTOR SW"

MOTOR SW Motor switch (GLIDER)

027256:

02'(セント2))

63(('セント2))セント2))

2))21

6$)(6:セント6:$セント'2:1

67576:セント6:'セント'2:1

326,セントセント

● Select the setting 

item with the 

Jog key.

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "MODE" item 

and then select the 

"OFF" by pressing the 

+ key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Switch selection

+ - or

2 Change the switch by 

pressing the + key or 

‒ key at the switch 

selection item.

Range:SwA ~ SwH

■ Switch direction

+ - or

3 S e l e c t t h e 

"DOWN" it em 

and then select 

the position by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

● 2P SW: UP, DOWN

● 3P SW: UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, 

C&DN, DOWN

■ Speed setting

4 Select "SPEED " next to (OFF) and (ON) by Jog key.

Range:OFF,1 ~ 10(more slowly)

● (ON) is the acceleration speed setting.

● (OFF) is the deceleration speed setting.

Motor

● Start SW

● Decelerating speed setting ● Accelerating speed setting

● If this safety switch is not ON, the 

motor will not start even if the 

starter switch is turned on. In 

"NULL", a safe function does not 

work.

● A setup of the motor control 

position (3CH end point)of Highside and Low-side

● Present motor control position

Always remove the propeller from the motor during setting and at operation checks.

Ŷ7KHUHLVWKHGDQJHURIWKHSURSHOOHUVSLQQLQJXQH[SHFWHGO\DQGFDXVLQJDVHULRXVLQMXU\

DANGER
157Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

・$LOHURQń5XGGHU ・5XGGHUń$LOHURQ

・&DPEHU)/3 ・&DPEHU0,; ・%XWWHUÁ\   

・&DPEHUń(/( ・(/(ń&DPEHU ・$,/ń&DPEHU

・$,/ń%5.)/ ・7ULPPL[

The condition function lets you change multiple 

settings by one switch operation. Different 

settings can be made immediately by switching 2 

conditions.

ŏ7KH IXQFWLRQV WKDWFDQEHFKDQJHGE\FRQGLWLRQ

DUH

"CONDITION"

CONDITION Condition (GLIDER)

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "INH" item of the 

condition you want to use and 

then set that condition to "ON" or 

"OFF" by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH".

(Changing the switch)

■ Switch selection

+ - or

2 Change the switch by 

pressing the + key or 

‒ key a t t h e s w i t c h 

selection item.

Range:SwA ~ SwH

Default:SwA

■ Switch direction

+ - or

3 Select the ON direction 

by pressing the + key or 

‒ key at the ON direction 

selection item.

Range:

● 2P SW:NULL, UP, DOWN

● 3P SW:NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, 

DOWN

CONDITION

Condition1

Condition2

● W h e n n o t u s i n g t h i s 

F u n c t i o n s e l e c t I N H . 

The display of On/Off is 

shown when active and 

assigned to a switch. 

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● P r i o r i t y i s g i v e n t o t h e 

c o n d i t i o n 2 w h e n t h e 

condition 1 and 2 is turned on 

simultaneously. 

&21',7,21

セント,1+セント6:$セント'2:1

セント,1+セント6:$セント'2:1

(Activating the function) (Switch direction)

(Switch selection)
158Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then select 

the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set 

to the "INH" side. 

■ Mixing rate

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and 

then adjust the mixing rate by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-100 ~ +100%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.However, 

polarity does not return.

RUD → AIL

This function is used when you want to mix 

the ailerons with rudder input. It is used when 

rudder is applied during roll maneuvers such 

as, knife edge flight. It can be used to turn or 

bank scale models, large models, etc. like a fullsize aircraft.

ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH

OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJ

WKHUDWHSRODULW\  

"RUD → AIL"

RUD → AIL Rudder → Aileron (GLIDER)

Activating the function

Mixing rate

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. 

(Selected by Jog key and changed by 

+ key.)

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the 

selected switch.

● When condition was used, the display 

can be switched and each connection 

can be set by switching the condition 

switch.

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF

ON ON

OFF

OFF ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN

3 Position Switch

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

OFF

NULL UP DOWN

2 Position Switch

$,/ڀ'58

0,;セント,1+

5$7(セント1250

326,セント'2:1

6:セント6:$
159Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDSFDPEHUÀDSV

)/3 EUDNH IODSV )/3 FDQ EH DGMXVWHG

independently for each servo according to the 

ZLQJW\SH7KHFDPEHUÀDSVRSHUDWHVE\'7DQG

WKHEUDNHÀDSVRSHUDWHVE\'7

ŏ7KHD[LVRIHDFKÁDSFDQEHVKLIWHG

ŏ7KH FRQWURO VZLWFK FDQ EH FKDQJHG E\ $8;

FKDQQHO

"CAMBR FLP"

CAMBR FLP Camber flap (GLIDER)

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● The number is changed 

by + key or ‒ key. ● Up side rate ● Offset rate

● Selection of whether or 

not mixing from brake 

FLP to camber FLP is 

performed

● Brake FLP to camber FLP 

mixing rate and offset 

(axis shift)

● Brake FLP to camber FLP 

mixing switch selection

● Brake FLP to camber FLP mixing 

switch operation direction

● Down side rate

● Flap1

D T5 a n d D T6 s e t 

t h e a m o u n t o f 

m o v e m e n t w h e n 

the flap is operated.

● Flap2

● Flap3

● Flap4

Camber FLP 2page

[Brakeflap → Camberflap] (Currently selected condition)

Aileron1

(CH1)

Aileron2

(CH7)

Flap4

(Brake Flap)

(CH9)

Flap3

(Brake Flap)

(CH8)

Flap2

(Camber Flap)

(CH6)

Flap1

(Camber Flap)

(CH5)

&$0%5岜)/3

&$0%(5)/$3

57572)6

)セントセントセント

)セントセントセント

)セントセントセント

)セントセントセント

 1250ق/3(岜$0%5&

5)$0%&岜岜ڀ/$3()%5$.

57572)6

)/セントセントセント

0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1

+ -
160Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

"CAMBR MIX"

CAMBR MIX Camber mixing (GLIDER)

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● The number is changed 

by + key or ‒ key.

● Amount of compensation 

of the elevator when the 

camber changed.

● Flap1

● Aileron1

● Camber MIX ACT/INH

Sets the amount of 

movement when 

the VR was turned.

Sets the amount of 

movement when 

the VR is turned.

● Flap2

● Aileron2

● Can be set to operate 

from a switch. When 

NULL, it is operated by 

a VR.

● Flap3

● Flap4

● Elevator

[Camber FLP 2page] (Currently selected condition)

(Currently selected condition)

&$0%5岜0,;1250

5$7(5$7(

$,/セントセント

$,/セントセント

0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1

&$0%5岜0,;1250

5$7(5$7(

)/3セントセント

)/3セントセント

)/3セントセント

)/3セントセント

(/(セントセント

+ -

All the wing control surfaces are 

lowered and the camber is increased 

(lift increases)

Attitude changes are compensated for by setting the 

amount of elevator movement.

Attitude changes are compensated for by setting the 

amount of elevator movement.

Turn the VR

All the wing control surfaces are 

raised and the camber is 

decreased (lift decreases)

This function adjusts the rate of camber 

operation for the wing camber (ailerons, camber 

flaps, brake flaps) in the negative and positive 

directions. The aileron, flap, and elevator rates 

can also be adjusted independently and attitude 

changes caused by camber operation can be 

corrected.


,QLWLDOVHWWLQJDVVLJQVFDPEHURSHUDWLRQWRVLGHOHYHU'7

ŏ2SHUDWLRQFDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRIIE\VZLWFK

ŏ95FDQEHFKDQJHGE\$8;FKDQQHO

(RATE1):T h e a m o u n t o f 

operations when VR is turned to 

the right.

(RATE2):T h e a m o u n t o f 

operations when VR is turned to 

the left.
161Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

"BUTTERFLY"

BUTTERFLY Butterfly mixing (GLIDER)

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● The number is changed 

by + key or ‒ key.

● A m o u n t o f e l e v a t o r 

compensation

● Current THR stick position

 0% : Low 100% : High

● Aileron1

● Butterfly : ACT/INH

● Offset setting ‒Select "OFST" XX%.

Amount of movement setting

● Aileron2

● Can be either set to a 

switch or when NULL is 

controlled by the THR 

stick.

(Currently selected condition)

%877(5)/<岜岜岜1250

$,/セント )/3セント

)/3セント

)/3セント

)/3セント

$,/セント

(/(セント

0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1

2)67セント

+ -

Switch set to ON THR stick lowered (High)

Resistance increased by raising 

the elevators and lowering the 

flaps

Fine tuning of an elevator

ON

OFF

High

THR stick operation

THR stick operation

Brake amount

MAX

Brake amount

MAX

OFST ▶ 100%

OFST ▶60%

Slow

High

Start from 

60%

Slow

At THR stick high press the Jog key for 1 second

At THR stick 60% press the Jog key for 1 second

This function is utilized to quickly slow the 

aircraft and reduce altitude by simultaneously 

raising the left and right ailerons and lowering the 

ÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDS

 Butterfly (Crow) produces an extremely 

HI¿FLHQWODQGLQJFRQ¿JXUDWLRQE\DFFRPSOLVKLQJ

WKHIROORZLQJ

6ORZWKHDLUFUDIW·VYHORFLW\

3URYLGHZDVKRXWDW WKHZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH WKH

WHQGHQF\WRWLSVWDOO

&UHDWHPRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKHFHQWHURI WKHZLQJ

DOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG

ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJ IOLJKW FDQEH WXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK

ŏ 7KH SRLQ W D W ZKLFK WKH EX W WH U IO\ RSH UD WLRQ

UHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHRIIVHW

ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG

● When MIX is set to ACT, the 

amount of MIX(s) according to 

stick operation is displayed.

● When offset is set below a center, the 

mixing of THR stick operates by the high 

side. 
162Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Flap2

(CH6)

Flap1

(CH5)

Elevator

(CH2)

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then select 

the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set 

to the "INH" side. 

■ Mixing rate

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and 

then adjust the mixing rate by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-120 ~ +120%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Camber → ELE mixing

"CAMBR → ELE"

CAMBR → ELE Camber → Elevator mixing (GLIDER)

Mixing rate

Activating the function

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. 

(Selected with the Jog key and 

changed with the +key)

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the 

selected switch.

● (RATE1) and (RATE2) s h o w t h e 

direction of camber of operation.

● When condition is used, the display 

can be switched and each connection 

can be set by switching the condition 

switch.

c o m p e n s a t e d 

for by elevators

Flap operation 

pitch change

When the camber/speed flaps are utilized, 

the aircraft might experience, a change in pitch. 

This mix compensates for such changes by 

incorporating elevator input.

ŏ 7KH HOHYD WR U VH UYRV XSGRZQ UD WHV FDQ EH

DGMXVWHG VHSDUDWHO\ ,I WKHPL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV

UHYHUVHGFKDQJHWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU2

ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJ IOLJKW FDQEH WXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF

ON ON

OFF

OFF ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN

3 Position Switch

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

OFF

NULL UP DOWN

2 Position Switch

1250)/)ڀ$0%5&

5$7(5$7(

(/(セントセント

0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1
163Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

● (RATE1) and (RATE2) show 

the direction of elevator of 

operation.

Aileron1

(CH1)

Aileron2

(CH7)

Flap4

(Brake Flap)

(CH9)

Flap3

(Brake Flap)

(CH8)

Flap2

(Camber Flap)

(CH6)

Flap1

(Camber Flap)

(CH5)

Elevator

(CH2)

"ELE → CAMBR"

ELE → CAMBR Elevator → Camber mixing (GLIDER)

Up the elevator

flap is down

1250$0%5&ڀ)/)

5$7(5$7(

)/3セントセント

)/3セントセント

)/3セントセント

)/3セントセント

 1250$0%5&ڀ)/)

5$7(5$7(

$,/セントセント

$,/セントセント

0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1

5$1*(セント

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● The number is changed 

by + key or ‒ key. ● Current position of the 

elevator stick

● Described on 

the next page.

● Flap1

● Aileron1

● Camber MIX ACT/INH

Mixing rate

Mixing rate

● Flap2

● Aileron2

● Can be either set to a 

switch or when NULL is 

always active.

● Flap3

● Flap4

[ELE → Camber 2page]

(Currently selected condition)

(Currently selected condition)

+ -

This function is used when you want to mix the 

FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG

the flaps are lowered by up elevator, and lift is 

increased.

ŏ,QÁLJKWPL[LQJFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\DVVLJQLQJ

WKLVWRDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ

ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG

ŏ6HWWLQJVRWKDWWKHÁDSVDUHQRWRSHUDWHGQHDUWKH

FHQWHURIWKHHOHYDWRUVLVSRVVLEOH5$1*(
164Glider

(ELE → Camber )

 1250$0%5&ڀ)/)

5$7(5$7(

$,/セントセント

$,/セントセント

0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1

5$1*(セント

 1250$0%5&ڀ)/)

5$7(5$7(

$,/セントセント

$,/セントセント

0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1

5$1*(セント

● Setting that inhibits camber mixing near the elevator center position. Setting so 

that camber mixing is performed only when the elevators were operated greatly 

is possible.

RANGE setting 

■ Setting state

1 Select the "0%" item next to 

RANGE with the Jog key.

Can be either up or down. When set 

to down, the up side is also set by the 

same amount.

When elevator operation exceeds the range, 

the stick position is displayed and mixing is 

performed.

● When a RANGE number is selected and the 

Jog key is pressed for 1 second, RANGE is 

reset to 0% and normal mixing is performed.

■ To setting value

2 Move the elevator stick to the position you 

want operation to begin.

■ Set value memorization

3 Press the Jog key for 1 second.

Hold the stick in 

position.

● When MIX is set to ACT, the 

amount of MIX(s) according to 

stick operation is displayed.
165Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Set switch to ON Ailerons operation Roll is corrected by using 

the ailerons to control the 

camber FLP.

ON

OFF

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then select 

the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set 

to the "INH" side. 

■ Mixing rate

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and 

then adjust the mixing rate by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-120 ~ +120%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

AIL → Camber mixing

7KLVPL[LQJOLQNVWKHFDPEHUÀDSVZLWKDLOHURQ

operation (stick). It is used when you want to 

increase roll axis maneuverability.

ŏ:KHQ WKHPL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH

OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJ

WKHUDWHSRODULW\  

"AIL → CAMBR"

AIL → CAMBR Aileron → Camber mixing (GLIDER)

Mixing rate

Activating the function

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. 

(Selected with the Jog key and 

changed with the +key)

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the 

selected switch.

● When condition was used, the 

display can be switched and 

each connection can be set by 

switching the condition switch.

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF

ON ON

OFF

OFF ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN

3 Position Switch

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

OFF

NULL UP DOWN

2 Position Switch

Flaps and ailerons 

operate

1250$0%5&ڀ$,/

/()75,*+7

)/3セントセント

)/3セントセント

0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1
166Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

Set the switch to ON Ailerons operation Roll is corrected by using 

the ailerons to control the 

brake FLP.

ON

OFF

■ Activating the function

1 Select the "MIX" item and then select 

the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ 

key.

+ -

or

● When you do not use a function, set 

to the "INH" side. 

■ Mixing rate

+ - or

2 Select the "RATE" item and 

then adjust the mixing rate by 

pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:-120 ~ +120%

Default:0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

AIL → BRKFL mixing

This mixing links the brake flaps with aileron 

operation (stick). It is used when you want to 

increase roll axis maneuverability.

ŏ:KHQ WKHPL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH

OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJ

WKHUDWHSRODULW\  

"AIL → BRKFL"

AIL → BRKFL Aileron → Brake flap mixing (GLIDER)

Mixing rate

Activating the function

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. 

(Selected with the Jog key and 

changed with the +key)

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the 

selected switch.

● When condition was used, the 

display can be switched and each 

connection can be set by switching 

the condition switch.

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF

ON ON

OFF

OFF ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN

3 Position Switch

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

OFF

NULL UP DOWN

2 Position Switch

Flaps and ailerons 

operate

1250/(%5.ڀ$,/

/()75,*+7

)/3セントセント

)/3セントセント

0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1
167Glider

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

WING TYPE 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F

This function shifts the ailerons, elevators, and 

HDFKÀDSWULPWRWKHSUHVHWSRVLWLRQE\PHDQVRID

switch.

ŏ7KHVHUYRVSHHGDWZKLFKWULPLVWRWKHVHWSRVLWLRQ

FDQEHVHW  

"TRIM MIX"

TRIM MIX Trim mix (GLIDER)

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key.

● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. 

(Selected with the Jog key and 

changed with the +key)

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the 

selected switch.

● When condition is used, the display 

can be switched and each connection 

can be set by switching the condition 

switch.

Trim of each control surface is 

moved to the set value.

● Sets the trim neutral position of each 

control surface.

Range:-100 ~ +100  

Returned to 0 by pressing the + key

and ‒ key simultaneously.

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF

ON ON

OFF

OFF ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN

3 Position Switch

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

OFF

NULL UP DOWN

2 Position Switch

Elevator

(CH2)

ON

OFF

Set the switch to ON

Aileron1

(CH1)

Aileron2

(CH7)

Flap4

(Brake Flap)

(CH9)

Flap3

(Brake Flap)

(CH8)

Flap2

(Camber Flap)

(CH6)

Flap1

(Camber Flap)

(CH5)

75,00,;

0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1

$,/セント2))

)/3セント2))

(/(セント2))

'(/$<

Activating the function

● When not using this 

function, select INH.

● Servo speed at which the trim position is to the set 

position. Sudden attitude changes are prevented 

by turning the switch on. (Selected by Jog key and 

changed by + key and ‒ key.)

Range:OFF(fast shift)、1 ~ 10(slow shift)

Returned to OFF by pressing the Jog key for a long 

time.

*This is not the servo speed when the stick was 

operated.

75,00,;1250

)/3セント

)/3セント

)/3セント

)/3セント

$,/セント

$,/セント

(/(セント

[TRIM MIX page1]

[TRIM MIX page2] ● The number is changed 

by + key or ‒ key.

+ -
168Multicopter

0(18岜岜岜岜

セント0'/6(/

セント0'/1$0(

セント)$,/6$)(

セント5(9(56(

セント7,0(5

セント6(592

セント(1'32,17

セント75,0

セント68%75,0

セント30,;

セント$8;&+$1

セント3$5$0(7(5

0(18岜岜岜岜 

セント7(/(0(75<

セント6(1625

セント6%86/,1.

セント0'/75$16

セント75$,1(5

セント&175$/50

セント'5(;32

セント*<526(16

(1 second) END +

Multicopter Function

MENU

● When the + key is pressed for 

1 second, the menu screen is 

displayed.

● When the END key i s 

pressed, the display returns 

to the home screen.

● F i r s t s e t t h e 

throttle to slow.

● Then turn on the 

power.

MENU

1/2

MENU

2/2

(Home screen)

Power ON

(Selection)

● M o v e t h e c u r s o r 

(highlighted) up and down 

and to the left and right 

with the Jog key and select 

the function.

 The cursor can be moved 

over several pages.

(Calling the setting screen)

● Press the Jog key to open the 

setting screen.

To menu screen 

by holding down 

the + key

The setting screen of each function is called from the following menu. The function when 

the model type was set to multicopter (MULTI COPT) is displayed here.

0(18岜岜岜岜  

セント0'/6(/

セント0'/1$0(

セント)$,/6$)(

セント5(9(56(

セント7,0(5

セント6(592

セント(1'32,17

セント75,0

セント68%75,0

セント30,;

セント$8;&+$1

セント3$5$0(7(5

MENU

1/2

セント7(/(0(75<

セント6(1625

セント6%86/,1.

セント0'/75$16

セント75$,1(5
169 Multicopter

MENU1/3

MDL-SEL (P.40)

Model select / Model Copy / Data 

reset / RX / Link

MDL-NAME (P.43)

Model name / User name

FAIL SAFE (P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE (P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER (P.48)

Timer

SERVO (P.49)

Servo monitor / Servo test

END POINT (P.50)

End point

TRIM (P.51)

Trim reset / Trim step

SUB TRIM (P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6 (P.53)

Program mixing 1 ~ 6

AUX-CHAN (P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER (P.58)

Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : 

mode, time, adjustment / Home 

display / Battery alarm / Battery 

vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog 

navi / Jog light / Jog time /

Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : 

language, volume / Stick position 

alarm 

■ Function

MENU2/3

TELEMETRY (P.66)

Telemetry Display / Alarm setup

SENSOR (P.83)

Telemetry sensor

SBUS LINK (P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS (P.92)

Data transfer of another T10J

TRAINER (P.93)

Trainer

GYRO SENS (P.170)

Gyro mixing

D/R, EXPO (P.171)

Dual rate / EXPO

CNTR ALRM (P.173)

Center alarm

MDL-SEL (P.40)

Model select / Model Copy / Data 

reset / RX / Link

MDL-NAME (P.43)

Model name / User name

FAIL SAFE (P.45)

Fail safe

REVERSE (P.47)

Servo reverse

TIMER (P.48)

Timer

SERVO (P.49)

Servo monitor / Servo test

END POINT (P.50)

End point

TRIM (P.51)

Trim reset / Trim step

SUB TRIM (P.52)

Sub trim

P.MIX1-6 (P.53)

Program mixing 1 ~ 6

AUX-CHAN (P.56)

AUX channel

PARAMETER (P.58)

Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : 

mode, time, adjustment / Home 

display / Battery alarm / Battery

vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog

navi / Jog light / Jog time /

Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : 

language, volume / Stick position

alarm 

TELEMETRY (P.66)

Telemetry Display / Alarm setup

SENSOR (P.83)

Telemetry sensor

SBUS LINK (P.89)

S.BUS servo set up

MDL-TRANS (P.92)

Data transfer of another T10J

TRAINER (P.93)

Trainer

key / LCD

●Jog key

●+ key ●- key

●END key

Refer to "Common Functions"

previously described for a 

description of this function. 
170Multicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function

+ - or

1 Select the "MIX" item 

and then select the 

"ON" by pressing the + 

key or ‒ key.

● When you do not use a function, set to the 

"INH" side. 

■ Sensitivity switch selection

2 Select the "SW" item and then select the 

switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

Range:SwA ~ SwH、Default:SwA

■ Sensitivity setting channel selection

+ - or

3 S e l e c t t h e 

"CH" item and 

t h e n s e l e c t 

the sensitivity 

setting channel by pressing the + key

or ‒ key.

Range:CH5、CH5/CH7、

CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8

Default:CH5

■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting

4 Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting 

screen you want to set and then set “type” (gyro type) 

and “rate” (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing 

the +key or ‒ key.

("type")Range:STD,GY Default:STD

("rate")Range:0 ~ 100%(STD), NOR100 ~ 0 ~

AVC100%(GY) Default:50%(STD), 0%(GY)

● When you want to return the set value to the initial 

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

GYRO SENS

+ - or

This function is dedicated mixing for switching 

the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/

NORMAL) of Futaba gyros. Up to 3 axes can be 

set. The attitude control of multicopter uses the 

system of multicopter attachment. 

This "GYROSENS" will be used for accessories, 

such as camera control.

ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQEH VHOHFWHGDQG WKH

VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRI WKH VZLWFKFDQEH

VHW6ZLWFKHV$WR+

ŏ&+ &+&+ &+&+ R U &+&+&+

FRPELQDWLRQVFDQEH VHOHFWHGDV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\

VHWWLQJFKDQQHO

*When this function is used, it becomes impossible for 

CH5 to use it for multi copter controller.

Use CH6 for multi copter controller and use SwC.

"GYRO SENS"

GYRO SENS Gyro sensor (MULTICOPT)

Activating the function

Gain Channel selection

Switch direction 

Gyrotype,

Gain rate

● When not using this function, 

select INH.

Gain switch selection

(Current switch operating 

direction)

● S w i t c h e s t o t h e 

sensitivity setting 

screen of each switch 

direction when the 

Jog key is pressed.

● Select the setting item 

with the Jog key. (Gyro type) (Gyro Gain)

● When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switches the gyro sensitivity setting 

item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display.

*<526(16
171 Multicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

D/R

The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps

ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQ

GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

EXP

This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement 

is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral 

position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle.

ŏ7KH ́μVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQG WKH ́μVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDU

WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH ́μVLGHLVLQFUHDVHG

WKHVORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH

ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH'5LVSRVVLEOH([FHSWWKURWWOH7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK

VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKFKDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\

Switch selection(SW)

Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate 

(exponential) switch.

ŏ'HIDXOW:$LOHURQ:6ZLWFK' / (OHYDWRU:6ZLWFK$ / 5XGGHU:6ZLWFK%

"D/R,EXPO"

D/R,EXPO Dual rate / EXPO (MULTICOPT)

Channel selection

Dual rate 

EXPO

Switch selection

● The channel under selection is 

underlined. 

(Switch Direction)

● The dual rate and exponential 

settings are displayed by a 

curve.

● Channel selection/Select 

the setting item with the 

Jog key.

< Channel >

1:Aileron

2:Elevator

3:Throttle

4:Rudder

(Switch number)

(D/R and EXPO rate display)

Top row;Left side / down

Bottom row;Right side / up
172Multicopter

1 Select the "SW" item and then select 

the channel with the Jog key.

Range:1, 2, 4

2 A switch is chosen by + key or -key.

+ -

or

Range:SwA ~ SwH

Switch Change

1 A channel is chosen by Jog 

key.

Range:1, 2, 4

2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor 

to D/R with the Jog key, switching the 

dual rate switch to the direction you 

want to set, moving the stick to the left 

(down) or right (up) side and pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

Range:

0 ~ 140%

Default:100%

● When you want to 

return the set value 

to the initial value, 

press the + key and ‒ 

key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step 

1 Select the "EXP" item and 

then select the channel with 

the Jog key.

Range:1~4

2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor 

to EXP with the Jog key, switching the 

dual rate switch to the direction you 

want to set, moving the stick to the left 

(down) or right (up) side and pressing 

the + key or ‒ key.

Range:

-100 ~ +100%

Default:0%

● When you want to 

return the set value to 

the initial value, press 

the + key and ‒ key 

simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and stick by repeating step

D/R

EXPO

+

+

-

-

● Moving to another setting item of the same 

channel is possible by Jog key.

● Moving to another setting item of the 

same channel is possible by Jog key.
173 Multicopter

Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the 

home screen by pressing the + 

key for 1 second.

+

2 Select 

 from the menu with the 

Jog key.

3 Open the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

(1 second)

Calling the setting screen

&175$/50

67.326,$/50

02'(セント21

6:セント6Z$

326,セント'2:1

67,&.セント

Beep sounds

When the THR stick 

is set to the 

specified position.

INH ⇔ ON/OFF

Switch selsction

Switch direction

Stick position

● When INH is selected, the 

function cannot be used. 

When ON or OFF is selected, 

the function is activated. ON 

and OFF changes are linked 

to the switch.

● The number in parenthesis 

is the current throttle stick 

position.

1 Stick position is chosen by

Jog key.

2 Set the throttle stick to the 

position at which you want 

to generate the alarm.

3 When the Jog key is held 

down the alarm sounds at 

that position.

Memorize the position at 

which the beep is to sound. THR Stick

Position setting

$QDODUPVLQJOHEHHSFDQEHVRXQGHGDWWKHVSHFL¿HGWKURWWOHVWLFNSRVLWLRQ

ŏ$ODUPIXQFWLRQ212))FDQEHVHWE\VZLWFK

"CNTR ALRM"

CNTR ALRM Center alarm (MULTICOPT)

&175$/50

67.326,$/50

02'(セント21

6:セント6Z$

326,セント'2:1

67,&.セント

● Select the item with the 

Jog key.
174

TX SETTING

The settings here are special settings that are unnecessary during normal use. The stick mode can be 

changed and stick adjustment (calibration), throttle lever reverse, and language can be set.

■ STK-MODE

■ STK-ADJ

Turn on the power switch with the + key 

and ‒ key pressed in the power off state. The 

screen shown at the left appears. To return 

to the home screen, turn off the power 

and then turn the power back on without 

pressing the keys.

This is the MODE1 ~ MODE4 setting. The 

initial state is MODE2. To change the mode 

the stick ratchet must be changed. Request 

that this be done by Futaba Service. (Charged 

modification)

This function is normally not used. If stick deviation should occur, make this adjustment. 

Do not use it in the normal state.

ELE THR

RUD AIL

MODE 1

THR ELE

RUD AIL

MODE 2

ELE THR

AIL RUD

MODE 3

THR ELE

AIL RUD

MODE 4

1 Turn off the power and then 

turn the power back on while 

pressing the + key and ‒ key

simultaneously.

2 Select STK-ADJ → NEXT

in the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 Enter the setting screen by 

pressing the Jog key.

Calling the setting screen

+ -

1 Select the stick you want to 

adjust with 1 ~ 4 with the + 

key.

+

2 Press the Jog key down 

and select NEUT ■ .

3 Set the stick to the neutral

position and press the Jog 

key.

Stick adjustment

3 2

4 1

7;6(77,1*

(QJOLVK

67.02'( 

67.$'- 1(;7

7+55(9 125

/$1*8$*(
175

■ THR-REV

■ LANGUAGE

This function is not used. When you want to use full throttle with the throttle stick down 

and slow with the throttle stick up, select REV. When the stick is up, trim is effective and 

when the stick is down, trim is not effective.

*Throttle servo operation reversed by the linkage is usually performed by reverse in the 

normal menu. When throttle servo operation is reversed with the THR-REV function, trim 

becomes ineffective at slow.

The language displayed at proportional can be changed. The initial setting is English, but 

can be selected from among 7 languages.

Return from the transmitter setting screen to the normal menu by turning on the power

without pressing a key.

4 Swing the selected stick fully 

to the left and right (up and 

down).

5 ■ appears next to "LEFT"

and "RGHT". Press the Jog 

key.

6 W h e n "COMPLETE" i s 

displayed, adjustment is 

complete.

END

1 Turn off the power and then 

t u r n o n t h e p o w e r w h i l e 

pressing the + key and ‒ key

simultaneously.

2 Select THR-REV → NOR

in the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 S e l e c t NOR or REV b y 

pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

Setting is ended by power 

off.

THR-REV

+ - + -

1 Turn off the power and then 

t u r n o n t h e p o w e r w h i l e 

pressing the + key and ‒ key

simultaneously.

2 Select 

LANGUAGE → English in 

the menu with the Jog 

key.

3 S e l e c t NOR or REV b y 

pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

Setting is ended by power 

off.

LANGUAGE

+ - + -

FUTABA CORPORATION

1080 Yabutsuka, Chosei-mura, Chosei-gun, Chiba-ken, 299-4395, Japan

Phone: +81 475 32 6982, Facsimile: +81 475 32 6983

2014, 02 (2)